[LOGO] Phoenix                         Karen A. Peddle, Director
        Where Excellence Grows/SM/      Life & Annuity, SEC Compliance
                                        One American Row, Hartford, CT
                                        06102-5056
                                        (860) 403-5134
                                        Fax: (860) 403-5296
                                        Toll Free: 1-800-349-9267
                                        Email: karen.peddle@phoenixwm.com

January 14, 2009

Sonny Oh
Attorney
Office of Insurance Products
Division of Investment Management
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549-4644

RE: PHL Variable Insurance Company
    PHL Variable Accumulation Account
    Initial Registration Statement filed on Form N-4
    File Nos. 811-08914 and 333-152905

Dear Mr. Oh:

Below please find our responses to the staff's comments received on
December 24, 2008 for the referenced filing.

PROSPECTUS

Comment 5.

b.  Add disclosure to the preamble to the "Optional Benefit Fee" table on page
7 to reflect the Premium Enhancement Fee, and reconcile the Premium Enhancement
Fee Schedule with the disclosure contained on page 13.

RESPONSE: We have added the disclosure to page 7 and reconciled the Premium
Enhancement Fee Schedule disclosure with the disclosure contained on page 13.

f.  New Comment. Please ensure that the font size for the footnotes in the
Optional Benefit Fees table is consistent.

RESPONSE: The font size for the footnotes in the Optional Benefit Fee table has
been revised for consistency.

h.  Comment. Please disclose that premium taxes may be imposed, and provide a
range of premium taxes in the fee table.



RESPONSE: We have provided the requested disclosure.

New Comment. The table on page 8 discloses possible fees by underlying funds
for short-term trading. This disclosure needs to be reconciled with the
Disruptive Trading disclosure on page 54 to fully identify short-term trading
and underlying fund restrictions. It is recommended that the original
disclosure be retained.

RESPONSE: We have reconciled the disclosure in the table on page 8 with the
Disruptive Trading disclosure on page 54 to identify short-term trading and
underlying fund restrictions.

New Comment. Please note that only contractual expense reimbursement and fee
waivers with a duration of at least one year may be reflected in the net annual
fund operating expense portion of the "Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses"
table on page 9. In addition, such waivers should only be reflected for their
actual duration.

RESPONSE: So noted.

i.  Expense Examples (page 10)

  i.  Please revise the first set of Expense Examples, as well as remove the
reference to "or annuitize" from the narrative relating to the first set of
examples. See General Instruction 2 to Item 3 of Form N-4.

RESPONSE: We have removed the reference to "or annuitize" from the narrative in
the first set of examples and we will revise the first set of examples to
reflect the resulting costs when we file Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.

New Comment. In the "Overview" section on page 11, in the fifth paragraph,
second sentence, that states, "The Death Benefit Options differ in how the
death benefit is calculated and in the amount of the mortality and expense risk
fee." Confirm that this sentence is true, and confirm whether the fees are
maximum or current. Maximum fees would be consistent, but current fees may vary.

RESPONSE: We confirm the accuracy of this sentence, and we confirm that the
mortality and expense risk fees listed are the maximum fees, and that the
current fees will vary, depending on which Death Benefit Option is selected.

Comment 6. Contract Summary (page 11)

b.  Clarify the second bullet point under "Withdrawals," as well as the
definition of "Free Withdrawal Amount" in the Glossary on page 3, which has a
circular definition, in addition to any other disclosure regarding the "Free
Withdrawal Amount" throughout the prospectus. Distinguish between the Free
Withdrawal Amount as opposed to withdrawals of premium no longer subject to a
surrender charge.



RESPONSE: We have clarified the disclosure in the second bullet point under
"Withdrawals" and the definition of "Free Withdrawal Amount" in the Glossary,
as well as disclosure throughout the prospectus regarding the "Free Withdrawal
Amount." We have distinguished between the Free Withdrawal Amount as opposed to
withdrawals of premium no longer subject to a surrender charge.

New Comment. (page 13). Premium Enhancement Fee paragraph. Remove the
disclosure from the section entitled "From the Separate Account" and move it to
the "Optional Rider Charges" section under "Deductions and Charges." The
Premium Enhancement Fee Schedule table on page 7 indicates the Fee is charged
as a percentage of Contract Value. Contract Value is not the same as saying
Separate Account, because Contract Value reflects the GIA and MVA.

RESPONSE: We have moved the Premium Enhancement Fee paragraph on page 13 to the
requested section and changed the reference in the table on page 7 from
"Contract Value" to "Separate Account."

c. In regard to the disclosure on pages 14 and 53 under "Free Look Period," and
in last paragraph under "Ownership of the Contract" on page 54, please make it
clear that upon exercise of the free-look, the company will absorb the
investment loss associated with the bonus, i.e., such that the owner would have
received the same amount he or she would have received had there been no bonus
at all. Also, clarify the sentence on page 14, under the "Free Look Period"
that states "However, if applicable state law requires, we will..." to address
applicable state law requirements.

RESPONSE: Phoenix continues to believe that the proposed method of requiring
the contract owner to bear the investment risk associated with a premium
enhancement in a "return of contract value" state would be consistent with the
1940 Investment Company Act's Section 2(a) (32) definition of a "redeemable
security." Our proposed method of recapturing the premium enhancement would
require a return of the original value of the premium enhancement in a "return
of contract value" state. In this situation, if investment experience causes
the value of the premium enhancement to fall during the free look period, the
difference will be subtracted from the contract value returned to the owner
upon exercise of the free look. Conversely, if investment experience causes the
value of the premium enhancement to increase during the free look period, any
amounts in excess of the original value of the premium enhancement will be
provided to the contract owner upon exercise of the free look. Since the
contract owner bears the risk of both a gain or loss, we believe this proposed
method is consistent with the definition of a "redeemable security" under
Section 2(a)(32). Phoenix is also concerned with participating on a "level
playing field" with other insurers. We are aware of other depositors of
registered variable insurance products that are currently utilizing our
proposed method of recapturing the premium enhancement during the "free look"
period. For these reasons, Phoenix would like to utilize the proposed method of
recapturing the premium enhancement during the "free look" period.

Additionally, we have decided to remove the last paragraph under "Ownership of
the Contract" on page 54 because the placement of it in this section is
inappropriate.



New Comment. Expand the disclosure on page 59 regarding the Temporary Money
Market Allocation Amendment to explain what will be returned to you. In
addition, when the right to use the allocation is exercised by the Company,
please disclose whether this is mandatory. If so, please clarify what it means
to "make the Temporary Money Market available." Please also identify the
"certain other circumstances" referred to at the end of the paragraph.

RESPONSE: We have removed the disclosure. We will not utilize a Temporary Money
Market Allocation Amendment with this product.

Comment 10. Response from November 21, 2008 response accepted as submitted,
except remove the footnotes at the bottom of the table of Surrender Charges on
page 21.

RESPONSE: We have removed the footnote references.

Comment 11. Premium Enhancement (page 23)

c.  Expand the discussion in the third paragraph about the circumstances in
which an owner may be worse off for choosing the Premium Enhancement. For
example, include a statement to the effect that if you have losses, those
losses may be magnified because of the bonus amount.

RESPONSE: We have expanded the requested disclosure.

e.  Clarify if the last paragraph in the right column of page 23 applies to any
Optional Living Benefits, and indicate whether it is excluded in the
calculation of any benefits as premium and/or Contract Value. Also, describe
the interaction of the Premium Enhancement, as well as any other applicable
features of the contract, such as Optional Living Benefits, with withdrawals
and free withdrawals. On page 24, in the "Premium Enhancement Calculation"
section, briefly describe the circumstances in which it will not be credited
(e.g., page 21 - Nursing Home Waiver and Terminal Illness Waiver).

RESPONSE: We have clarified the disclosure in the last paragraph in the right
column on page 23. On page 24, in the "Premium Enhancement Calculation"
section, the circumstances in which the Premium Enhancement will not be
credited are already described. In all other cases, it will be credited.
However, it will be recaptured after being credited in certain situations
currently disclosed in that section. For example, recapture applies to the
exercise of the Nursing Home Waiver and Terminal Illness Waiver (in certain
situations) and is currently disclosed on page 24.

New Comment. Expand the discussion on page 29 in the first full paragraph and
in the last full paragraph on that page to clarify how the GMAB and GMIB work
in a contact utilizing an inherited stretch annuity. Also, include a
cross-reference to the Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature described on page 59.



RESPONSE: We have expanded the discussion as requested, and we have included
the requested cross-reference.

New Comment. Please confirm with the Staff whether the Registrant will seek
recaptive relief for surrenders and the basis for doing so or not doing so. If
the Registrant is seeking such relief for surrenders, you must revise the
disclosure accordingly.

RESPONSE: No. The Registrant is not seeking recaptive relief for surrenders due
to pricing considerations.

Comment 13. Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB) (page 30)

a.  Clarify the example provided there to explain what the numbers in it are
addressing (e.g., 1.053, 1.054). The example doesn't show how it works in
conjunction with (i) and (ii), and it does not specify if it is being used "On
and before the contact anniversary following the older Annuitant's 80/th/
birthday" or "After the contract anniversary following the older Annuitant's
80/th/ birthday."

RESPONSE: We have clarified the existing example and provided a new example to
address "After the contract anniversary following the older Annuitant's 80/th/
birthday."

b.  Is the number provided in the example on page 31 (1,054) a typographical
error?

RESPONSE: We have corrected the number in the example.

New Comment. (Page 59). Inherited Stretch Annuity. Pay attention to explaining
the feature from an operational standpoint. For example, "change the funding
vehicle." What does that mean? Also, explain how this feature works with GMAB
and GMIB.

RESPONSE: We have revised the disclosure to better clarify this feature. Also,
we have added a cross-reference to this section in the sections discussing GMAB
and GMIB in the "Optional Benefits" section.

Comment 18. With regard to the Registrant, please provide disclosure in
response to Item 27.

RESPONSE: We have provided the requested disclosure.

New Comment. Any financial statements, exhibits, and any other required
disclosure not included in this registration statement must be filed by
pre-effective amendment.

RESPONSE: Please note that, upon resolution of these comments, we will file any
financial statements, exhibits, and any other required disclosure not included
in the initial registration statement by pre-effective amendment to the
registration statement.



If you should have any questions with regard to this filing, please contact the
undersigned at (860) 403-5134.

Sincerely,

/s/ Karen A. Peddle
- -------------------
Karen A. Peddle
Director
Life & Annuity, SEC Compliance



                    Phoenix Flexible Retirement Choice/SM/
                       PHL Variable Accumulation Account
          Issued by: PHL Variable Insurance Company ("PHL Variable")

 PROSPECTUS                                                            , 2008
  This prospectus describes a variable and fixed accumulation deferred annuity
contract with optional features offered to groups and individuals. The contract
offers a variety of variable and fixed investment options. You may allocate
premium payments and Contract Value to one or more of the investment options of
the PHL Variable Accumulation Account ("Separate Account"), the Market Value
Adjusted Guaranteed Interest Account ("MVA") and the Guaranteed Interest
Account ("GIA"). The assets of each investment option will be used to purchase,
at Net Asset Value, shares of a Series in the following designated funds.

 AIM Variable Insurance Funds - Series  .  Phoenix Growth and Income Series
 I Shares                               .  Phoenix Mid-Cap Growth Series
 .  AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund  .  Phoenix Money Market Series
 AllianceBernstein Variable Products    .  Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income
 Series Fund, Inc. - Class B               Series
 .  AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth   .  Phoenix Multi-Sector Short Term
    Strategy Portfolio                     Bond Series
 .  AllianceBernstein Wealth            .  Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series
    Appreciation Strategy Portfolio     .  Phoenix-Aberdeen International
 DWS Scudder Investments VIT Funds -       Series
 Class A                                .  Phoenix-Alger Small-Cap Growth
 .  DWS Equity 500 Index VIP               Series
 .  DWS Small Cap Index VIP             .  Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate
 Federated Insurance Series                Securities Series
 .  Federated Fund for U.S. Government  .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation
    Securities II                          Series: Aggressive Growth
 .  Federated High Income Bond Fund II  .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation
    - Primary Shares                       Series: Growth
 Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance         .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation
 Products - Service Class                  Series: Moderate
 .  Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R)          .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation
    Portfolio                              Series: Moderate Growth
 .  Fidelity VIP Growth Opportunities   .  Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Mid-Cap
    Portfolio                              Value Series
 .  Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio       .  Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein
 .  Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond     Small-Cap Value Series
    Portfolio                           .  Phoenix-Van Kampen Comstock Series
 Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance  .  Phoenix-Van Kampen Equity 500
 Products Trust - Class 2                  Index Series
 .  Franklin Flex Cap Growth            PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust -
    Securities Fund                     Advisor Class
 .  Franklin Income Securities Fund     .  PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn(TM)
 .  Mutual Shares Securities Fund          Strategy Portfolio
 .  Templeton Developing Markets        .  PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio
    Securities Fund                     .  PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio
 .  Templeton Foreign Securities Fund   Sentinel Variable Products Trust
 .  Templeton Growth Securities Fund    .  Sentinel Variable Products
 Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. - Class     Balanced Fund
 VC                                     .  Sentinel Variable Products Bond
 .  Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture             Fund
    Portfolio                           .  Sentinel Variable Products Common
 .  Lord Abbett Growth and Income          Stock Fund
    Portfolio                           .  Sentinel Variable Products Mid Cap
 .  Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value Portfolio    Growth Fund
 Neuberger Berman Advisers Management   .  Sentinel Variable Products Small
 Trust - Class S                           Company Fund
 .  Neuberger Berman AMT Small Cap      Summit Mutual Funds, Inc. - Summit
    Growth Portfolio                    Pinnacle Series
 .  Neuberger Berman AMT Guardian       .  Summit S&P MidCap 400 Index
    Portfolio                              Portfolio
 Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds -   The Universal Institutional Funds,
 Service Shares                         Inc. - Class II Shares
 .  Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation    .  Van Kampen UIF Equity and Income
    Fund/VA                                Portfolio
 .  Oppenheimer Global Securities       Wanger Advisors Trust
    Fund/VA                             .  Wanger International Select
 .  Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap   .  Wanger International
    Fund/VA                             .  Wanger Select
 The Phoenix Edge Series Fund           .  Wanger USA
 .  Phoenix Capital Growth Series
         See Appendix A for additional investment option information.
  Expenses for a contract with a Premium Enhancement feature may be higher than
expenses for a contract without such feature. The amount of the Premium
Enhancement may be more than offset by the additional fees and charges
associated with the Premium Enhancement. The contract may be offered with
qualified plans.
  The contract is not a deposit of any bank, and is not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
The contract may go down in value.
  The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") has not approved or
disapproved these securities, nor passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
  Replacing any existing contract with this contract may not be to your
advantage. You should carefully compare this contract with your existing one
and you must also determine if the replacement will result in any tax liability.
  Purchasing a variable annuity within a qualified plan does not provide any
additional tax benefit. Variable annuities should not be sold in qualified
plans because of the tax-deferral feature alone, but rather when other
benefits, such as lifetime income payments and death benefit protection support
the recommendation.
  This prospectus provides information that you should know before investing.
Keep this prospectus for future reference. A Statement of Additional
Information ("SAI") dated __________, 2008, is incorporated by reference and
has been filed with the SEC and is available free of charge by contacting us at
the address or phone number listed below. A table of contents of the SAI is
available on the last page of this prospectus. If you have any questions,
please contact:

                                               
     [GRAPHIC]                                [GRAPHIC]

               PHL Variable Insurance Company           Tel. 800/541-0171
               Annuity Operations Division
               PO Box 8027
               Boston, MA 02266-8027




                               TABLE OF CONTENTS




Heading                                            Page
                                                
- -------------------------------------------------------

Glossary of Special Terms.........................    3
Summary of Expenses...............................    5
  Expense Examples................................   10
Contract Summary..................................   11
Financial Highlights..............................   14
Financial Statements..............................   14
Performance History...............................   14
The Variable Accumulation Annuity.................   14
PHL Variable and the Separate Account.............   15
The Variable Investment Options...................   16
GIA...............................................   17
MVA...............................................   17
Deductions and Charges............................   18
  Annual Administrative Charge....................   18
  Daily Administrative Fee........................   18
  Market Value Adjustment.........................   18
  Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit Fee.....   18
  Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Fee...........   18
  Mortality and Expense Risk Fee..................   20
  Premium Enhancement Fee.........................   20
  Surrender Charges...............................   21
   Nursing Home Waiver............................   21
   Terminal Illness Waiver........................   21
  Tax.............................................   22
  Transfer Charge.................................   22
  Reduced Fees, Credits and Excess Interest for
   Eligible Groups................................   22
  Other Charges...................................   22
The Accumulation Period...........................   22
  Accumulation Units..............................   22
  Accumulation Unit Values........................   22
  Purchase of Contracts...........................   22
  Premium Enhancement.............................   23
  Additional Programs.............................   25
  Optional Benefits...............................   28
  Surrender of Contract and Withdrawals...........   50
  Contract Termination............................   50
  Payment Upon Death Before Maturity Date.........   50




Heading                                            Page
                                                

Internet, Interactive Voice Response and
  Telephone Transfers.............................   53
Market Timing and Other Disruptive Trading........   53
The Annuity Period................................   55
  Annuity Payments................................   55
  Annuity Payment Options.........................   55
   Other Conditions...............................   57
  Payment Upon Death After Maturity Date..........   57
Variable Account Valuation Procedures.............   57
  Valuation Date..................................   57
  Valuation Period................................   57
  Accumulation Unit Value.........................   58
  Net Investment Factor...........................   58
Miscellaneous Provisions..........................   58
  Assignment......................................   58
  Payment Deferral................................   58
  Free Look Period................................   58
  Amendments to Contracts.........................   59
  Substitution of Fund Shares.....................   59
  Ownership of the Contract.......................   59
  Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature...............   59
Federal Income Taxes..............................   60
  Introduction....................................   60
  Income Tax Status...............................   60
  Taxation of Annuities in General--Nonqualified
   Plans..........................................   60
  Additional Considerations.......................   61
  Owner Control...................................   62
  Diversification Standards.......................   63
  Taxation of Annuities in General--Qualified
   Plans..........................................   63
Sales of Variable Accumulation Contracts..........   67
Servicing Agent...................................   68
State Regulation..................................   68
Reports...........................................   68
Voting Rights.....................................   68
Texas Optional Retirement Program.................   69
The Phoenix Companies, Inc. - Legal Proceedings
  about Company Subsidiaries......................   69
SAI Table of Contents.............................   70
APPENDIX A--Investment Options....................  A-1
APPENDIX B--Deductions for Taxes..................  B-1


                                      2



Glossary of Special Terms
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Most of the terms used throughout this prospectus are described within the text
where they appear. Certain terms marked by italics when they first appear are
defined below.

Account Value: The value of all assets held in the Separate Account.

Accumulation Unit: A standard of measurement for each investment option used to
determine the value of a contract and the interest in the investment options
prior to the start of annuity payments.

Accumulation Unit Value: The value of one Accumulation Unit was set at $1.000
on the date assets were first allocated to each investment option. The value of
one Accumulation Unit on any subsequent Valuation Date is determined by
multiplying the immediately preceding Accumulation Unit Value by the applicable
net investment factor for the valuation period just ended.

Annuitant(s)/Joint Annuitant: There may be one or two Annuitants. One is the
primary Annuitant and the other is considered to be the joint Annuitant. Prior
to the Maturity Date, the Annuitant(s) may be changed. However, there may be
tax consequences.

Annuity Payment Option: The provisions under which we make a Series of annuity
payments to the Annuitant or other payee, such as Life Annuity with Ten Years
Certain. See "Annuity Payment Options."

Annuity Unit: A standard of measurement used in determining the amount of each
periodic payment under the variable Annuity Payment Options I, J, K, M and N.
The number of annuity units in each investment option with assets under the
chosen option is equal to the portion of the first payment provided by that
investment option divided by the Annuity Unit Value for that investment option
on the first payment calculation date.

Annuity Unit Value: On the first Valuation Date selected by us, we set all
annuity unit values in each investment option of the Separate Account at $1.00.
The Annuity Unit Value on any subsequent Valuation Date is equal to the Annuity
Unit Value of the investment option on the immediately preceding Valuation Date
multiplied by the net investment factor for that investment option for the
valuation period divided by 1.00 plus the rate of interest for the number of
days in the valuation period based on the assumed investment rate.

Claim Date: The Valuation Date following receipt of a certified copy of the
death certificate at our Annuity Operations Division.

Contract Date: The date that the initial premium payment is invested under a
contract.

Contract Owner(s) (owner(s), you, your): Usually the person, persons, or entity
to whom we issue the contract.

Contract Value: Prior to the Maturity Date, the sum of all Accumulation Units
held in the investment options of the Separate Account and the value held in
the GIA and/or MVA. For Tax-sheltered Annuity plans (as described in Internal
Revenue Code (IRC) Section 403(b)) with loans, the Contract Value is the sum of
all Accumulation Units held in the investment options of the Separate Account
and the value held in the GIA and/or MVA plus the value held in the loan
security account, and less any loan debt.

Death Benefit Options: The selected death benefit option determines the method
of death benefit calculation upon death of the owner or if there is more than
one owner, on the earliest death of any of the owners.

Eligible Premium Payment: The Eligible Premium Payment is equal to the total of
all premium payments, subject to a surrender charge and that have not been
previously assessed a surrender charge.


Free Withdrawal Amount: This amount is determined each Contract Year and is
comprised of:
..  the sum of all premium payments that are no longer subject to Surrender
   Charges and have not previously been withdrawn, plus
..  10% of Eligible Premium Payments, minus
..  Amounts Previously Taken.

Amounts Previously Taken equals, within a Contract Year, the sum of Eligible
Premium Payments previously withdrawn without a corresponding Surrender Charge
plus all premium payments previously withdrawn that were no longer subject to
Surrender Charges.


Fixed Payment Annuity: An Annuity Payment Option providing payments with a
fixed dollar amount after the first payment is made.

Inherited/Stretch Annuity: A post death distribution option that provides an
extended payout option for the beneficiary of a deceased Owner's contract.

MVA, or Market Value Adjusted Guaranteed Interest Account: An account that pays
interest at a guaranteed rate if amounts allocated to the account are held to
the end of the guarantee period. If amounts are withdrawn, transferred or
applied to an Annuity Payment Option before the end of the guarantee period, we
will make a market adjustment to the value of that account. Assets allocated to
the MVA are not part of the assets allocated to the Separate Account or the
general account of PHL Variable but are held in the Market Value Interest
Adjusted Account established by PHL Variable. The MVA is described in a
separate prospectus.

Maturity Date: The date elected by the owner as to when annuity payments will
begin. Unless we agree otherwise, or as required by applicable law, the
Maturity Date will not be any earlier than the fifth contract anniversary and
no later than the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95/th/ birthday or ten years
from the Contract Date. The election is subject to certain conditions described
in "The Annuity Period." If there is more than one Annuitant, the younger
Annuitant's age will be used to determine that Maturity Date.

                                      3



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Minimum Initial Payment: The amount that you pay when you purchase a contract.
We require minimum initial premium payments of:

..  Nonqualified plans--$25,000
..  Bank draft program--$150
..  Qualified plans--$3,500

Net Asset Value: Net Asset Value of a Series' shares is computed by dividing
the value of the net assets of the Series by the total number of Series
outstanding shares.

Premium Enhancement: An optional feature where, if elected, an amount will be
credited to the contract value at the time the initial premium payment and each
subsequent premium payment is applied to the contract with certain restrictions.

Valuation Date: A Valuation Date is every day the New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") is open for trading and PHL Variable is open for business.

PHL Variable (our, us, we, company): PHL Variable Insurance Company.

                                      4



Summary of Expenses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when
owning and surrendering the contract. There are no additional fees, other than
the contract fees set forth below, charged at the time you purchase this
contract.

This table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that
you surrender the contract or transfer value between the investment options.
State premium taxes may also be deducted.



                                                   
CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
  9-Year Surrender Charge Schedule (Maximum Surrender
  Charge as a % of Premium Payment/1,2/)
  Complete Years From Receipt of Each Premium Payment
     0...................................... 9%
     1...................................... 8%
     2...................................... 7%
     3...................................... 6%          This table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay
     4...................................... 5%          at the time that you surrender the contract or transfer value
     5...................................... 4%          between the investment options. State premium taxes
     6...................................... 3%          ranging from 0.00% to 3.50%, depending on the state, may
     7...................................... 2%          also be deducted.
     8...................................... 1%
     9+..................................... 0%

  Transfer Charge/3/
     Maximum................................ $20
     Current................................ None


/1/ These charges may not apply in certain circumstances. For more information,
    see the "Deductions and Charges - Surrender Charges" section of this
    prospectus.
/2/ These charges are not applicable unless there is a withdrawal or a
    surrender.
/3/ We reserve the right to impose a transfer charge of up to $20 per transfer
    after the first 12 transfers in each contract year. See "Transfer Charge."


                                                           
ANNUAL ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE/1/
  Maximum...........................................  $35
  Current/2/........................................  $35

MAXIMUM ANNUAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES (as a
percentage of average Account Value)

  Death Benefit Option 1 - Return of Premium/ 8/
  Mortality and Expense Risk Fee Maximum............ 1.88%/3,4/
  Daily Administrative Fee..........................  .13%/3/
  Total Annual Separate Account Expenses............ 2.00%

  Death Benefit Option 2 - Annual Step-Up/ 8/
  Mortality and Expense Risk Fee Maximum............ 1.88%/3,5/  This table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay
  Daily Administrative Fee..........................  .13%/3/    periodically during the time that you own the contract, not
  Total Annual Separate Account Expenses............ 2.00%       including annual fund fees and expenses.

  Death Benefit Option 3 - Earnings Enhancement Benefit/ 8/
  Mortality and Expense Risk Fee Maximum............ 1.88%/3,6/
  Daily Administrative Fee..........................  .13%/3/
  Total Annual Separate Account Expenses............ 2.00%

  Death Benefit Option 4 - Greater of Annual Step-Up or
  Annual Roll-Up/ 8/
  Mortality and Expense Risk Fee Maximum............ 1.88%/3,7/
  Daily Administrative Fee..........................  .13%/3/
  Total Annual Separate Account Expenses............ 2.00%


                                      5



/1/ This charge is deducted annually on the contract anniversary on a pro rata
    basis from each of the selected investment options. See "Deductions and
    Charges."
/2/ This charge is $30.00 for contracts issued in the states of Texas, New
    Mexico, and Washington.
/3/ This amount is rounded to the nearest hundredth, and the actual fee charged
    is 0.005% lower than the charge shown.
/4/ The current fee charged is       . The fee is rounded to the nearest
    hundredth, and the actual fee charged is 0.005% lower than the charge shown.
/5/ The current fee charged is       . The fee is rounded to the nearest
    hundredth, and the actual fee charged is 0.005% lower than the charge shown.
/6/ The current fee charged is       . The fee is rounded to the nearest
    hundredth, and the actual fee charged is 0.005% lower than the charge shown.
/7/ The current fee charged is       . The fee is rounded to the nearest
    hundredth, and the actual fee charged is 0.005% lower than the charge shown.
/8/ The Mortality and Expense Risk Fee is based on average account value and is
    deducted daily. Each investment option bears a pro rata share of such
    expense based on the proportionate value of each of the investment options.
    For additional information, see the section on "Mortality and Expense Risk
    Fee" in this prospectus.

                                      6



                             Optional Benefit Fees


       This table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay
       periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including
       annual fund fees and expenses, if you elect an optional living benefit
       or the Premium Enhancement. These fees are charged in addition to the
       Contract Owner Transaction Expenses, Annual Administrative Charge, and
       Maximum Annual Separate Account Expenses.





                 Premium Enhancement Fee Schedule:/1/
                           

                               Maximum Premium Enhancement Fee Charged
Number of Contract Years      as a Percentage of Separate Account Value
   All Contract Years                           1.50%


/1/ The Premium Enhancement Fee is based on average account value and is
    assessed and deducted daily in accordance with the Premium Enhancement Fee
    table shown above. Each investment option bears a pro rata share expense
    based on the proportionate value of each of the investment options. For
    additional information, see the section on "Premium Enhancement" in this
    prospectus.

Only one of the following Optional Living Benefits can be elected. Consult with
    your financial advisor as to which Optional Living Benefit may fit your
                               particular needs.



GUARANTEED MINIMUM ACCUMULATION BENEFIT (GMAB) FEE/1/
                                                         

(as a percentage of the greater of the Guaranteed Amount/4,7/ and Contract Value)
       Maximum............................................. 1.00%
       Current............................................. 0.75%



GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFIT (GMIB) FEE/2/
                                                               

(as a percentage of the greater of the Guaranteed Annuitization Value/4,8/ and Contract Value)
       Maximum................................................... 1.00%
       Current................................................... 0.75%



             PHOENIX FLEXIBLE WITHDRAWAL PROTECTOR/SM/ GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT
                                           (GMWB) RIDER FEE/3/
                                                                                       

               (as a percentage of the greater of the Benefit Base/4/ and Contract Value)
                                                                                   Single     Spousal
                                                                                 Life Option Life Option
                                                                                 ----------- ------------
Maximum fee for contracts without Extended Care Enhancement.....................      2.50%        2.50%
Maximum additional fee to add Extended Care Enhancement.........................      0.50%        0.50%
Range of current fees for contracts without Extended Care Enhancement/5/........ 1.60%-.60%  1.95%-0.80%
Current additional fee to add Extended Care Enhancement/5/......................      0.20%        0.20%



                       PHOENIX RETIREMENT PROTECTOR/SM/ FLEXIBLE COMBINATION BENEFIT RIDER FEE/3/
                                                                                                      

        (as a percentage of the greatest of the GMWB Benefit Base/4/, GMAB Benefit Base/4/ and Contract Value)
                                                                                                  Single     Spousal
                                                                                                Life Option Life Option
                                                                                                ----------- ------------
Maximum fee for contracts without optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit....................       2.75%       2.75%
Maximum additional fee to add optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit........................       0.50%       0.50%
Range of current fees for contracts without optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit/6/....... 1.95%-0.95% 2.30%-1.15%
Current additional fee to add optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit/6/.....................       0.30%       0.30%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


/1/ The Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit fee is deducted annually on the
    contract anniversary, only if the benefit is selected. The fee percentage
    is locked in at the current fee at the time you elect the benefit. If the
    benefit is elected at issue, the Guaranteed Amount will equal the Contract
    Value on the issue date and will be recalculated thereafter as described in
    the Optional Benefits section of this prospectus. See "Optional Benefits."
/2/ The Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit fee is deducted annually on the
    contract anniversary only if the benefit is selected. The fee percentage is
    locked in at the current fee at the time you elect the benefit. If the
    benefit is elected at issue, the Guaranteed Annuitization Value will equal
    the Contract Value on the issue date and will be recalculated thereafter as
    described in the Optional Benefits section of this prospectus. See
    "Optional Benefits."

/3/ The maximum fee shown in this table is the highest fee for this rider. A
    different fee applies to various asset allocation options as shown below.
    If you choose this rider, you must allocate all premium and contract value
    to a single approved asset allocation program. If you transfer from one
    asset allocation program or option to another during a rider year, the fee
    percentage you will pay for the rider will be the highest rider fee
    associated with the various asset allocation programs in which your
    contract value was invested during that rider year. The rider fee is
    deducted on each contract anniversary when the rider is in effect for your
    contract and is generally deducted on a pro rata basis from each investment
    option in which the contract has value and, if allocation to the GIA is
    then permitted, the GIA. Upon contract surrender or rider termination, we
    will deduct a portion of the annual rider fee for the portion of the
    contract year elapsed from the surrender proceeds or the contract value,
    respectively.

                                      7



/4/ The Benefit Base for Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector, and the GMAB
    Benefit Base, and the GMWB Benefit Base under the Phoenix Retirement
    Protector rider are amounts we calculate solely to determine the value of
    the benefit(s) provided by the rider and unlike the Contract Value, are not
    available for withdrawals or surrenders. These amounts are affected by
    various factors including withdrawals and premium payments. See the
    description of these riders in "Optional Benefits" for information about
    how each Benefit Base is calculated and used.
/5/ The current fees for the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector by asset
    allocation model are shown below.



Asset Allocation Models                                                           Single Life Option Spousal Life Option
- -----------------------                                                           ------------------ -------------------
                                                                                               
..AllianceBernstein VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio........................        0.95%              1.20%
..AllianceBernstein VPS Wealth Appreciation Strategy Portfolio....................        1.60%              1.95%
..Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy.................................        0.95%              1.20%
..Franklin Templeton Perspectives Allocation Model................................        1.15%              1.45%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Aggressive Growth......................        1.60%              1.95%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Growth.................................        1.45%              1.75%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate Growth........................        1.15%              1.45%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate...............................        0.60%              0.80%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Aggressive Portfolio...............        1.45%              1.75%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Moderately Aggressive Portfolio....        1.15%              1.45%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Moderate Portfolio.................        0.95%              1.20%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Moderately Conservative Portfolio..        0.60%              0.80%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Conservative Portfolio.............        0.60%              0.80%


We may change the current fees. If you accept an automatic step-up of the
Benefit Base as provided by the rider, you will then pay the current fee in
effect at the time of this step-up. See "Optional Benefits", "Phoenix Flexible
Withdrawal Protector", and "Automatic Step-Up" for a description of the
automatic step-up feature, the impact of a step-up on your rider fee, and how
you may decline a step-up.

/6/ The current fees for the Phoenix Retirement Protector rider by asset
    allocation model are shown below.



Asset Allocation Models                                                           Single Life Option Spousal Life Option
- -----------------------                                                           ------------------ -------------------
                                                                                               
..AllianceBernstein VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio........................        1.30%              1.55%
..AllianceBernstein VPS Wealth Appreciation Strategy Portfolio....................        1.95%              2.30%
..Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy.................................        1.30%              1.55%
..Franklin Templeton Perspectives Allocation Model................................        1.50%              1.80%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Aggressive Growth......................        1.95%              2.30%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Growth.................................        1.80%              2.10%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate Growth........................        1.50%              1.80%
..Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate...............................        0.95%              1.15%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Aggressive Portfolio...............        1.80%              2.10%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Moderately Aggressive Portfolio....        1.50%              1.80%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Moderate Portfolio.................        1.30%              1.55%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Moderately Conservative Portfolio..        0.95%              1.15%
..Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation--Conservative Portfolio.............        0.95%              1.15%


We may change the current fees. If you elect an automatic step-up of the GMWB
Benefit Base or make an elective step-up of the GMAB Benefit Base as provided
by the rider, you will then pay the current fee in effect at the time of this
step-up. See "Optional Benefits", "Phoenix Retirement Protector" for a
description of the automatic step-up feature of the GMWB component and the
elective step-up feature of the GMAB component of this rider, the impact of a
step-up on your rider fee, and how you may decline an automatic step-up of the
GMWB component.

/7/ The Guaranteed Amount is an amount we calculate solely to determine the
    value of the benefit provided by the rider and, unlike the Contract Value,
    is not available for withdrawals or surrenders. This amount is affected by
    various factors including withdrawals and premium payments. See the
    description of this rider in "Optional Benefits" for information about how
    the Guaranteed Amount is calculated and used.
/8/ The Guaranteed Annuitization Value is an amount we calculate solely to
    determine the value of the benefit provided by the rider, and unlike the
    Contract Value, is not available for withdrawals or surrenders. This amount
    is affected by various factors including withdrawals and premium payments.
    See the description of this rider in "Optional Benefits" for information
    about how the Guaranteed Annuitization Value is calculated and used.

                                      8




The table below shows the minimum and maximum fees and expenses as a percentage
of daily net assets, for the year ended December 31, 2007, charged by the funds
that you may pay indirectly during the time that you own the contract. This
table does not reflect any fees that may be imposed by the funds for short-term
trading. See the section entitled "Market Timing and Other Disruptive Trading"
for more information. Also, the Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series are
series of a fund of funds. Funds of funds may have higher operating expenses
than other funds since funds of funds invest in underlying funds which have
their own expenses. More detail concerning each of the fund's fees and expenses
is contained in the prospectus for each fund. Total Annual Fund Operating
Expenses are deducted from a fund's assets and include management fees,
distribution fees, distribution and/or 12b-1 fees, and other expenses.




         TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
                                          Minimum Maximum
                                          ------- -------
                                            
  Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses...  0.31%   3.83%
  Net Annual Fund Operating Expenses/1/..  0.28%   3.83%

       /1/ Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc, advisor to the Phoenix Edge Series
           Fund, and other advisors and/or other service providers to the funds
           have contractually agreed to reduce the management fees or reimburse
           certain fees and expenses for certain funds. The Gross Annual Fund
           Operating Expenses shown in the first row of the table do not
           reflect the effect of any fee reductions or reimbursements. The Net
           Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown in the second row reflects the
           effect of fee reductions and waiver arrangements that are
           contractually in effect at least through April 30, 2009. There can
           be no assurance that any contractual arrangement will extend beyond
           its current terms and you should know that these arrangements may
           exclude certain extraordinary expenses. See each fund's prospectus
           for details about the annual operating expenses of that fund and any
           waiver or reimbursement arrangements that may be in effect.

                                      9




EXPENSE EXAMPLES

These examples will help you compare the cost of investing in the contract if
you elect the Premium Enhancement feature and the Phoenix Retirement Protector
rider with the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit. These elections will result in
the highest total cost of investing in this contract.


If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period, your
maximum costs would be:




                        Death Benefit Option 1
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                                       
                          $        $       $       $

                        Death Benefit Option 2
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                          $        $       $       $

                        Death Benefit Option 3
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                          $        $       $       $

                        Death Benefit Option 4
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                          $        $       $       $


If you do not surrender or if you annuitize your contract at the end of the
applicable time period (annuitization is not permitted prior to the fifth
contract anniversary), your maximum costs would be:



                        Death Benefit Option 1
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                                       
                          $        $       $       $

                        Death Benefit Option 2
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                          $        $       $       $

                        Death Benefit Option 3
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                          $        $       $       $

                        Death Benefit Option 4
                        ----------------------

                        1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
                        --------------------------------
                          $        $       $       $


These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract Owner transaction expenses contract fees, separate
account annual expenses, maximum of all applicable riders and benefit fees, and
the maximum fund fees and expenses that were charged for the year ended
12/31/07.

The examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time
periods indicated. The examples also assume that your investment has a 5%
return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds
and that you have allocated all of your contract value to the fund with the
maximum fees and expenses. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower
based on these assumptions, your costs are shown in the table to the left.

                                      10



Contract Summary
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This prospectus contains information about all of the material rights and
features of the annuity contract that you should understand before investing.
This summary describes the general provisions of the annuity contract.

Overview
  The contract is intended for those seeking income and long-term tax-deferred
accumulation of assets to provide income for retirement or other purposes.
Those considering the contract for other purposes should consult with their tax
advisors. Participants in qualified plans should note that this contract does
not provide any additional tax deferral benefits beyond those provided by the
qualified plan and should not consider the contract for its tax treatment, but
for its investment and annuity benefits. For more information, see "Purchase of
Contracts."

  The contract offers a combination of variable and fixed investment options.
Investments in the variable options provide results that vary and depend upon
the performance of the underlying funds, and the owner assumes the risk of gain
or loss according to the performance of the underlying funds while investments
in the GIA or MVA provide guaranteed interest earnings subject to certain
conditions. There is no guarantee that at maturity date the contract value will
equal or exceed payments made under the contract. For more information, see
"The Variable Investment Options," "GIA" and "MVA."

  The contract offers an optional Premium Enhancement feature. The Premium
Enhancement feature must be elected at the time the contract is issued. If the
optional Premium Enhancement feature is selected, a Premium Enhancement will be
credited to the contract with each premium payment made. The Premium
Enhancement Percentage varies by the age of the oldest owner on the Contract
Date. A Premium Enhancement Fee will apply to this contract for the lifetime of
the contract, which makes the total expenses for this contract during this
period higher than a comparable contract without the Premium Enhancement
feature.

  We have applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for
permission to deduct the Premium Enhancement under the circumstances described
in the Premium Enhancement Restrictions section of this prospectus. We will not
deduct Premium Enhancements on your contract unless, and if applicable, until
the SEC grants us permission. The application for exemptive relief (File
No. 812-13568) was filed with the SEC on August 22, 2008.

  The contract offers four death benefit options. You select a death benefit
option that is suitable to your financial objectives. The Death Benefit Options
differ in how the death benefit is calculated and in the amount of the
mortality and expense risk fee. Certain age restrictions may apply to each
death benefit option. For more information, see "The Accumulation
Period--Payment Upon Death Before the Maturity Date" and "Taxation of Annuities
in General--Nonqualified Plans" and "Taxation of Annuities in
General--Qualified Plans."

  You may elect one of the following Optional Living Benefits with the contract:

..  a Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB) which provides a guaranteed
   minimum return if contract value remains invested according to an asset
   allocation program available for use with the rider for the ten year period
   following the contract date.

..  a Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB) which guarantees future income
   payments at a protected minimum amount, regardless of investment performance
   during the contract's accumulation phase.

..  a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (GMWB). The Phoenix Flexible
   Withdrawal Protector/SM/ is a GMWB available to you and, for an additional
   fee, you may also elect an Extended Care Enhancement with the benefit.

..  a Flexible Combination Benefit Rider providing a GMWB and GMAB, also called
   Phoenix Retirement Protector/SM/. For an additional fee, this rider provides
   a guaranteed minimum death benefit.

  These benefits are provided by rider and have their own fees. The guarantees
provided by the Optional Living Benefits in excess of your Contract Value are
based on the claims-paying ability of Phoenix. If you elect an Optional Living
Benefit other than GMIB, you must allocate all premium and contract value to a
single asset allocation program we have approved for use with these riders.
Taking withdrawals from the contract while an Optional Living Benefit is in
effect may reduce the benefits of the riders. For more information, see
"Deductions and Charges", "Additional Programs" and "Optional Benefits".

Suitability
  Annuities are designed for long-term financial planning and are not designed
for short-term investment strategies. You should make sure you understand all
the options for payment, how long you must wait before annuity payments begin
and the limitations on access to contract value.

  Additionally, while an annuity offers the potential for appreciation, fees,
charges, and poor investment performance can negatively affect the value of
your annuity. You bear the investment risk, whether a gain or loss, for any
contract value allocated to the Separate Account.

  Annuities that are offered to fund a qualified plan, such as an Individual
Retirement Account, do not provide any additional tax deferred advantages. If
your only or main investment objective is tax deferral, an annuity product may
be more expensive than other products that provide tax deferred benefits.

  Annuity contracts that have no provision for a Premium Enhancement will not
be subject to a Premium Enhancement Fee and may have lower mortality and
expense risk charges and/or lower surrender charges. The amount of Premium
Enhancement may be more than offset by the Premium Enhancement Fee associated
with the Premium Enhancement. We encourage you to consult with your financial
adviser and determine which annuity contract is most appropriate for you.

                                      11



Replacements
  Replacing any existing contract with this contract may not be to your
advantage. Exchanges can result in the payment of substantial commissions to
the brokers who handle these transactions. You should carefully compare the
risks, charges, and benefits of your existing contract to the replacement
policy to determine if replacing your existing contract benefits you. In
particular, if you are replacing an existing contract with this contract and
you have elected the Premium Enhancement feature, you should carefully evaluate
whether this contract provides higher asset based charges, or higher or longer
surrender charge periods and whether or not the Premium Enhancement feature
offsets any potential higher charges you may incur. You should talk with your
registered representative before you replace your existing variable annuity
contract. Additionally, replacing your contract could result in adverse tax
consequences so you should also consult with your tax professional. You should
know that once you have replaced your variable annuity contract, you generally
cannot reinstate it unless the insurer is required to reinstate the previous
contract under state law. This is true even if you choose not to accept your
new variable annuity contract during your "free look" period.

Conflicts of Interest
  Broker-dealers and registered representatives often sell products issued by
several different and unaffiliated insurance companies and the amount of
compensation payable may vary significantly. Additionally, compensation paid to
a broker-dealer or registered representative will also vary between products
issued by the same insurance company, including additional compensation payable
as part of certain service arrangements. A broker-dealer and its registered
representatives may have an incentive to promote or sell one product over
another depending on these differences in the compensation, potentially
resulting in the sale of a product that may not be the best product to suit
your needs. You should talk to your registered representative if you have
questions about potential conflicts of interest that may be created by varying
compensation plans. You can find more information about the types of
compensation arrangements we offer in the "Sales of Variable Accumulation
Contracts" section of this prospectus.

Withdrawals
..  You may partially or fully surrender the contract anytime for its Contract
   Value less any applicable surrender charge, applicable market value
   adjustment and premium tax.


..  You may withdraw, free of any surrender charges, premium payments that are
   no longer subject to a surrender charge and have not previously been
   withdrawn. In addition, you may withdraw 10% of Eligible Premium Payments
   each Contract Year free of any surrender charges. When added together and,
   in any Contract Year, reduced by premium payments previously withdrawn that
   were no longer subject to Surrender Charges and reduced by Eligible Premium
   Payments previously withdrawn without a corresponding Surrender Charge, this
   is considered the Free Withdrawal Amount. If the Free Withdrawal Amount is
   not taken in any Contract Year, the amount itself does not carry over to the
   next Contract Year. Instead, a new Free Withdrawal Amount is calculated each
   Contract Year. For more information, see "Deductions and Charges--Surrender
   Charges."


..  Withdrawals may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. For more information, see
   "Federal Income Taxes."

Deductions and Charges

Contract Charges
..  Annual Administrative Charge--maximum of $35 each year. For more
   information, see "Deductions and Charges" below.

Optional Rider Charges
  You may only elect one optional living benefit at the time of issue. Optional
Living Benefit Riders may not be elected after issue:

..  Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit fee--the fee equals 0.750%
   multiplied by the greater of the guaranteed amount and contract value on the
   date the fee is deducted. For more information, see "Deductions and Charges"
   below.

..  Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit fee--the fee is 0.750% multiplied by the
   greater of the guaranteed annuitization value and the contract value on the
   date the fee is deducted. For more information, see "Deductions and Charges"
   below.

..  Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector--the fee is equal to a stated
   percentage multiplied by the greater of the Benefit Base and the Contract
   Value. The fee for this rider depends on whether you choose the single life
   option or the spousal life option, and which asset allocation model you have
   chosen for allocation of your premium payments and Contract Values.
   Additionally, if you choose the Extended Care Enhancement for your rider, we
   assess a charge for that feature. The current fees are shown in the table of
   "Optional Benefit Fees". The fee for your rider may change if you change
   asset allocation models or if you do not decline an automatic step-up
   provided by the rider. If you change asset allocation programs during a
   contract year and the rider fees related to the use of those programs are
   different, you will pay the highest rider fee associated with the various
   asset allocation programs in which your Contract Value was invested during
   that contract year. Also, you will pay the current rider fee then in effect
   beginning on the date of any automatic step-up of the Benefit Base. See
   "Optional Benefits" for additional information about the impact of an
   automatic step-up on your rider and your ability to decline a step-up. The
   maximum fee for the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector is 2.50% without
   the Extended Care Enhancement and 3.00% if the rider is elected with the
   Extended Care Enhancement.

..  Phoenix Retirement Protector--the fee is equal to a stated percentage
   multiplied by the greatest of the GMWB Benefit

                                      12



 Base, the GMAB Benefit Base, and the Contract Value. The fee for this rider
  depends on whether you choose the single life option or the spousal life
  option, and which asset allocation model you have chosen for allocation of
  your premium payments and Contract Values. Additionally, if you choose the
  Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit option for your rider, we assess a charge
  for that feature. The current fees are shown in the table of "Optional
  Benefit Fees". The fee for your rider may change if you change asset
  allocation models. If you change asset allocation programs during a contract
  year and the rider fees related to the use of those programs are different,
  you will pay the highest rider fee associated with the various asset
  allocation programs in which your Contract Value was invested during that
  contract year. Also, you will pay the current rider fee then in effect
  beginning on the date of an automatic step-up of the GMWB Benefit Base or
  elective step-up of the GMAB Benefit Base as provided by the rider. See
  "Optional Benefits" for additional information about the impact of an
  automatic or elective step-up on your rider and your ability to decline an
  automatic step-up. The maximum fee for the Phoenix Retirement Protector is
  2.75% without the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit and 3.25% if the rider is
  elected with the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit.


..  Premium Enhancement fee--currently, XXXX%, and is deducted daily from each
   investment option. For more information, see "Deductions and Charges" below.


..  Market Value Adjustment--any withdrawal from the MVA is subject to a market
   value adjustment and is taken from the withdrawal amount. For more
   information, see "MVA."

..  Surrender Charges--may occur when you surrender your contract or request a
   withdrawal if the assets have not been held under the contract for a
   specified period of time. If we impose a surrender charge, it is deducted
   from premium payment withdrawn on a first in first out basis. The surrender
   charge is designed to recover the expense of distributing contracts that are
   terminated before distribution expenses have been recouped from revenue
   generated by these contracts. The surrender charge is a percentage of each
   premium payment which is assessed based on complete years from receipt of
   each premium payment over a period of 9 years. The maximum surrender charge
   fee percentage of 9% applies in the first year of the contract and the
   charge declines thereafter. For more information, see the "Deductions and
   Charges" section of this prospectus. Additionally, surrender charges are
   waived as described above in this section. No surrender charges are taken
   upon the death of the owner. A declining surrender charge is assessed on
   withdrawals in excess of the free withdrawal amount, based on the date the
   premium payments are deposited.

..  Waiver of Surrender Charges--The surrender charge generally does not apply
   to the following situations:

  .  Premium that is out of the surrender charge schedule;

  .  Contract Value that represents "Free Withdrawal Amount;*

  .  A death benefit is payable

  .  Annuitization after the contract has been in effect for a minimum of five
     years;

  .  Required Minimum Distribution Payment;

  .  Nursing Home Waiver or Terminal Illness Waiver.

*Free Withdrawal Amount

  The Free Withdrawal Amount is comprised of the following:

  You may withdraw, free of any surrender charges, premium payments that are no
  longer subject to a surrender charge and have not previously been withdrawn.

  In addition, you may withdraw 10% of Eligible Premium Payments each Contract
  Year free of any surrender charges. When added together and, in any Contract
  Year, reduced by premium payments previously withdrawn that were no longer
  subject to Surrender Charges and reduced by Eligible Premium Payments
  previously withdrawn without a corresponding Surrender Charge, this is
  considered the Free Withdrawal Amount.

  If the Free Withdrawal Amount is not taken in any Contract Year, the amount
  itself does not carry over to the next Contract Year. Instead, a new Free
  Withdrawal Amount is calculated each Contract Year.


  For more information, see "Deductions and Charges" below.

..  Taxes--taken from the Contract Value upon premium payments or commencement
   of annuity payments.

  .  PHL Variable will reimburse itself for such taxes upon the remittance to
     the applicable state. For more information, see "Tax" and Appendix B.

..  Transfer Charge--currently, there is no transfer charge, however, we reserve
   the right to charge up to $20 per transfer after the first 12 transfers each
   contract year. For more information, see "Deductions and Charges" below.

From the Separate Account
..  Daily administrative fee--currently, 0.125% annually. For more information,
   see "Deductions and Charges" below.

..  Mortality and expense risk fee--varies based on the death benefit option
   selected. For more information, see "Deductions and Charges" below.



Other Charges or Deductions
  In addition, certain charges are deducted from the assets of the funds for
investment management services. For more information, see the fund prospectuses.

Death Benefit
  The death benefit is calculated differently for each death benefit option and
the amount varies based on the option selected.

                                      13



Death Benefit Options
  The contract offers four Death Benefit Options. At purchase, you select a
death benefit option that best meets your financial needs. Each death benefit
option varies in the method of death benefit calculation, the amount of the
mortality and expense risk fee. Age restrictions apply to certain Death Benefit
Options.

  For more information, see "The Accumulation Period--Payment Upon Death Before
Maturity Date."

Additional Information

Free Look Period

  You have the right to review and return the Contract. If for any reason you
are not satisfied, you may return it within 10 days (or later, if applicable
law requires) after you receive it and cancel the Contract. You will receive in
cash the Contract Value plus any charges made under the Contract. However, if
applicable state law requires a return of premium payments, we will return the
greater of premium payments less any withdrawals or the Contract Value.

  We have applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for
permission to deduct any Premium Enhancements made to your Contract upon the
Contract's cancellation during the free look period (as well as under other
circumstances described in this prospectus). We will not deduct Premium
Enhancements upon cancellation of the Contract unless, and if applicable, until
the SEC grants us permission.

  If we receive such permission from the SEC, we will make corresponding
adjustments to payments made to you as a result of Contract cancellation. If
applicable state law provides for a return of Contract Value, we will return to
you your adjusted premium payments plus any charges, and less any applicable
Premium Enhancement made under this Contract as of the date of cancellation. If
applicable state law requires a return of premium, we will return to you the
greater of; 1) premium payments paid less any withdrawals and Premium
Enhancements credited to the contract, or 2) adjusted premium payments plus any
charges, and less any applicable adjusted Premium Enhancement made under this
contract as of the date of cancellation. In this case, both the premium
payments and the Premium Enhancement will be proportionately adjusted for
investment option, GIA, and MVA performance.

  In the case that Contract Value is returned, the Contract Owner bears the
investment risk on any premium payments made and any Premium Enhancement
credited. In the case that a premium is returned, the Company bears the
investment risk on any Premium Enhancement. You should know that in a declining
market, your Contract Value may be even less than your initial investment. The
Company bears the investment risk on any Premium Enhancement where either
Contract Value or premium is returned.

  For more information, see "Free Look Period" under "Miscellaneous Provisions"
below.


Financial Highlights
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Financial highlights give the historical value for a single unit of each of
the available investment options and the number of units outstanding at the end
of each of the past ten years, or since the investment option began operations,
if less. The Financial Highlights tables are not provided at this time because
no contracts have been sold as of the date of this prospectus. More
information, including the Separate Account and Company financial statements,
is in the SAI and in the annual report. You may obtain a copy of the SAI by
calling the Annuity Operations Division at 800/541-0171.

Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The financial statements of PHL Variable Accumulation Account as of
December 31, 2007, and the results of its operations and the changes in its net
assets for each of the periods indicated and the financial statements of PHL
Variable Insurance Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 are contained in the
Statement of Additional Information (SAI), which you can get free of charge by
calling the toll free number given on page one. The financial statements of PHL
Variable Insurance Company included herein should be considered only as bearing
upon the ability of PHL Variable Insurance Company to meet its obligations
under the policies. You should not consider them as bearing on the investment
performance of the assets held in the Separate Account or the Guaranteed
Interest Account rates that we credit during a guarantee period.

Performance History
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  We may include the performance history of the investment options in
advertisements, sales literature or reports. Performance information about each
investment option is based on past performance only and is not an indication of
future performance. Historical returns are usually calculated for one year,
five years and ten years. If the investment option has not been in existence
for at least one year, returns are calculated from inception of the investment
option. Standardized average annual total return is measured by comparing the
value of a hypothetical $1,000 investment in the investment option at the
beginning of the relevant period to the value of the investment at the end of
the period, assuming the reinvestment of all distributions at Net Asset Value
and the deduction of all applicable contract and surrender charges except for
taxes (which may vary by state). See the SAI for more information.

The Variable Accumulation Annuity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The individual deferred variable accumulation annuity contract (the
"contract") issued by PHL Variable is significantly different from a fixed
annuity contract in that, unless your contract value is allocated and remains
in the GIA or MVA, it is the owner under a contract who bears the risk of
investment gain or loss rather than PHL Variable. To the

                                      14



extent that contract value is allocated to the investment options of the
Separate Account, the amounts that will be available for annuity payments under
a contract will depend on the investment performance of the amounts allocated
to the investment options. Additionally, the contract has a Premium Enhancement
feature which may be elected at issue. Certain earnings are immediately
credited to the contract value every time you make a premium payment, however,
certain restrictions apply. Upon the maturity of a contract, you may select
either a fixed or variable annuity payment option.

Investment Features

Flexible Premium Payments
..  Other than the Minimum Initial Payment, there are no required premium
   payments.

..  You may make premium payments anytime prior to the Maturity Date.

..  You can vary the amount and frequency of your premium payments.

Minimum Premium Payment
..  Generally, the minimum initial premium payment is $3,500 for a qualified
   plan and $25,000 for nonqualified plans. For more information, see "Purchase
   of Contracts."

Allocation of Premiums and Contract Value
..  Premium payments are invested in one or more of the investment options, GIA
   and the MVA. Each investment option invests directly in a professionally
   managed fund. GIA is not available in Massachusetts or Washington. The MVA
   is not available for investment after the Maturity Date.

..  If you elect, the Premium Enhancement feature for your contract, we will add
   a Premium Enhancement to Contract Value for each premium payment you make to
   the contract until the contract anniversary next following the contract
   owner's 80/th/ birthday. The Premium Enhancement will be invested in the
   same way as your premium payments are allocated. Certain restrictions apply
   to Premium Enhancements. The Premium Enhancement feature and its fees, are
   described more fully in the "Premium Enhancement" and "Deductions and
   Charges" sections of this prospectus.

..  Prior to the Maturity Date, you may elect to transfer all or any part of the
   Contract Value among one or more investment options or the GIA, subject to
   the limitations established for the GIA and the restrictions related to
   disruptive trading and market timing. After the Maturity Date under variable
   annuity payment options, you may elect to transfer all or any part of the
   Contract Value among one or more investment options. For more information,
   refer to "GIA," "Internet, Interactive Voice Response and Telephone
   Transfers," and "Market Timing and Other Disruptive Trading."

..  Transfers between the investment options and from the investment options
   into the MVA are subject to disruptive trading and market timing
   restrictions. For more information, see "Market Timing and Other Disruptive
   Trading." Transfers from the MVA may be subject to market value adjustments
   and are subject to certain rules. For more information see "MVA" and the MVA
   prospectus.

..  The Contract Value allocated to the investment options varies with the
   investment performance of the funds and is not guaranteed.

..  The Contract Value allocated to the GIA will depend on deductions taken from
   the GIA and interest accumulated at rates we set. Subject to state insurance
   department approval, the Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate will equal the
   statutory required minimum interest rate under applicable state insurance
   law where the contract is delivered (generally between 1% and 3%).

..  Payments and transfers to the GIA are subject to a maximum GIA percentage.
   The maximum GIA percentage is the maximum amount of a premium payment or
   total Contract Value that can be allocated to the GIA. The maximum amount is
   expressed as a percentage and that percentage will never be more than 100%.
   It currently is 5%.

..  You may participate in one of the asset allocation programs we offer.
   Participation in a program is optional, unless you elect an Optional Living
   Benefit other than the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB). If you
   elect an Optional Living Benefit, other than the GMIB, you must allocate all
   premium payments and Contract Value to one of the programs approved for use
   with those benefits. We may offer other programs in the future, however,
   whether those programs will be made available to both current and
   prospective contract owners will be determined at the sole discretion of the
   Company. For more information about the programs, refer to "Asset Allocation
   and Strategic Programs" below.

PHL Variable and the Separate Account
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  We are PHL Variable Insurance Company, a Connecticut stock life insurance
company incorporated on July 15, 1981. We sell life insurance policies and
annuity contracts through producers of affiliated distribution companies and
through brokers. Our executive and our administrative offices are located at
One American Row, Hartford, Connecticut, 06103-2899.

  PHL Variable is a wholly owned subsidiary of Phoenix Life Insurance Company
("Phoenix") through its holding company, PM Holdings, Inc. Phoenix is a life
insurance company, which is wholly owned by The Phoenix Companies, Inc.
("PNX"), which is a manufacturer of insurance, annuity and asset management
products.

  On December 7, 1994, we established the Separate Account, a separate account
created under the insurance laws of Connecticut. The Separate Account is
registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and it meets the definition of a "separate
account" under the 1940 Act. Registration under the 1940 Act does not involve
supervision by the SEC of the management or investment practices or policies of
the Separate Account or of PHL Variable.

                                      15



  Under Connecticut law, all income, gains or losses, whether or not realized,
of the Separate Account must be credited to or charged against the amounts
placed in the Separate Account without regard to the other income, gains and
losses from any other business or activity of PHL Variable. The assets of the
Separate Account may not be used to pay liabilities arising out of any other
business that we may conduct. The Separate Account has several investment
options that invest in underlying mutual funds. Obligations under the contracts
are obligations of PHL Variable Insurance Company.

  Contributions to the GIA and MVA are not invested in the Separate Account.
The GIA is part of the general account of PHL Variable (the "General Account").
The General Account supports all insurance and annuity obligations of PHL
Variable and is made up of all of its general assets other than those allocated
to any separate account such as the Separate Account. The MVA is a non-unitized
separate account established pursuant to Connecticut insurance law. For more
complete information see "GIA" and "MVA."

The Variable Investment Options
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  You choose the variable investment options to which you allocate your premium
payments. These variable investment options are investment options of the
Separate Account. The investment options invest in the underlying funds. You
are not investing directly in the underlying fund. Each underlying fund is a
portfolio of an open-end management investment company that is registered with
the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940. These underlying funds are
not publicly traded and are offered only through variable annuity and variable
life insurance products, or directly to tax qualified plans. They are not the
same retail mutual funds as those offered outside of a variable annuity or
variable life insurance product, or directly to tax qualified plans, although
the investment practices and fund names may be similar, and the portfolio
managers may be identical. Accordingly, the performance of the retail mutual
fund is likely to be different from that of the underlying fund, and you should
not compare the two.

  The underlying funds offered through this product are selected by the company
based on several criteria, including asset class coverage, the strength of the
manager's reputation and tenure, brand recognition, performance, and the
capability and qualification of each sponsoring investment firm. Another factor
the company considers during the initial selection process is whether the
underlying fund or an affiliate of the underlying fund will compensate the
company for providing administrative, marketing, and support services that
would otherwise be provided by the underlying fund, the underlying fund's
investment advisor, or its distributor. Finally, when the company develops a
variable annuity (or life) product in cooperation with a fund family or
distributor (e.g. a "private label" product), the company will generally
include underlying funds based on recommendations made by the fund family or
distributor, whose selection criteria may differ from the company's selection
criteria.

  Each underlying fund is reviewed periodically after having been selected.
Upon review, the company may remove an underlying fund or restrict allocation
of additional premium payments to an underlying fund if the company determines
the underlying fund no longer meets one or more of the criteria and/or if the
underlying fund has not attracted significant contract owner assets.

  In addition, if any of the underlying funds become unavailable for allocating
premium payments, or if we believe that further investment in an underlying
fund is inappropriate for the purposes of the contract, we may substitute
another variable investment option. However, we will not make any substitutions
without notifying you and obtaining any state and SEC approval, if necessary.
From time to time we may make new variable investment options available.

  You will find detailed information about the underlying funds and their
inherent risks in the current prospectuses for the underlying funds. Since each
option has varying degrees of risk, please read the prospectuses carefully.
There is no assurance that any of the underlying funds will meet its investment
objectives. Copies of the fund prospectuses may be obtained by writing to our
Annuity Operations Division or calling us at the address or telephone number
provided on the first page of this prospectus.

Administrative, Marketing and Support Service Fees
  The Company and the principal underwriter for the Contracts have entered into
agreements with the investment adviser, subadviser, distributor, and/or
affiliated companies of most of the underlying funds. We have also entered into
agreements with the Phoenix Edge Series Fund and its advisor, Phoenix Variable
Advisors, Inc., with whom we are affiliated. These agreements compensate the
Company and the principal underwriter for the Contracts for providing certain
administrative, marketing, or other support services to the underlying funds.

  Proceeds of these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including
payment of expenses that the company and the principal underwriter for the
contracts incur in promoting, issuing, distributing and administering the
Contracts. As stated previously, such payments are a factor in choosing which
funds to offer in the Company's variable products. These payments may be
significant and the Company and its affiliates may profit from them.

  The payments are generally based on a percentage of the average assets of
each underlying fund allocated to the variable investment options under the
contract or other contracts offered by the company. The amount of the fee that
an underlying fund and its affiliates pay the company and/or the company's
affiliates is negotiated and varies with each underlying fund. Aggregate fees
relating to the different underlying funds may be as much as 0.45% of the
average net assets of an underlying fund attributable to the relevant
contracts. A portion of these payments may come from revenue derived from the
distribution and/or service fees (12b-1 fees) that are paid by an underlying
fund out of its assets as part of its total annual operating expenses and is
not paid directly from the assets of your variable insurance product.

                                      16



GIA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Note: Currently if you have an optional living benefit other than the
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit, you cannot transfer or allocate premiums and
Contract Values to the GIA. Your premiums must be allocated in accordance to an
asset allocation or strategic program. We may remove this restriction at any
time in the future, e.g. if you participate in an Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program.

  In addition to the Separate Account, you may allocate premiums or transfer
values to the GIA. Amounts you allocate or transfer to the GIA become part of
our general account assets. You do not share in the investment experience of
those assets. Rather, we guarantee a minimum rate of return on the allocated
amount, as provided under the terms of your product. Although we are not
obligated to credit interest at a higher rate than the minimum, we may credit
interest at a higher rate than the minimum for new and existing deposits.

  We reserve the right to limit total deposits to the GIA, including transfers,
to no more than $250,000 during any one-week period per policy.

  Prior to the Maturity Date you may make transfers into or out of the GIA
subject to the GIA restrictions described in this section. In general, you may
make only one transfer per year out of the GIA. The amount that can be
transferred out is limited to the greater of $1,000 or 25% of the Contract
Value in the GIA as of the date of the transfer. Also, the Contract Value
allocated to the GIA may be transferred out to one or more of the investment
options over a consecutive 4-year period according to the following schedule:


                                 
                    .Year One:      25% of the total value
                    .Year Two:      33% of remaining value
                    .Year Three:    50% of remaining value
                    .Year Four:     100% of remaining value


  Transfers from the GIA may also be subject to other rules as described
throughout this prospectus. The GIA is available only during the accumulation
phase of your contract.

  Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered
interests in our general account under the Securities Act of 1933. Also, we
have not registered our general account as an investment company under the 1940
Act, as amended. Therefore, neither the general account nor any of its
interests are subject to these Acts, and the SEC has not reviewed the general
account disclosures. These disclosures may, however, be subject to certain
provisions of the federal securities law regarding accuracy and completeness of
statements made in this prospectus.

GIA Restrictions
  Contracts are subject to a Maximum GIA Percentage provision that restricts
investments in the GIA. The Maximum GIA Percentage will never be more than
100%. It currently is 5%. No more than the Maximum GIA Percentage of each
premium payment may be allocated to the GIA. We will not permit transfers into
the GIA during the first year, nor allow any transfers during subsequent years
that would result in GIA investments exceeding the Maximum GIA Percentage of
Contract Value. If you have an Optional Living Benefit other than the
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit, you may not allocate premiums or transfer
values to the GIA. These restrictions as well as the availability of the GIA
are subject to state insurance department approval. GIA is not available in
Massachusetts and Washington.

MVA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Note: Currently if you elect an Optional Living Benefit other than the
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit, you may not allocate premiums or transfer
values to the MVA.

  The MVA is an account that pays interest at a guaranteed rate if amounts
allocated to the MVA are held to the end of the guarantee period. If amounts
are withdrawn, transferred or applied to an Annuity Payment Option before the
end of the guarantee period, a market value adjustment will be made. The MVA is
available only during the accumulation phase of your contract. The MVA option
currently offers different guarantee periods, which provide you with the
ability to earn interest at different guaranteed rates on all or part of your
Contract Value. Each allocation has its own guaranteed rate and expiration
date. Because we change guaranteed rates periodically, amounts allocated to a
guarantee period at different times will have different guaranteed rates and
expiration dates. The applicable guaranteed rate, however, does not change
during the guarantee period.

  We will notify you of the expiration of the guarantee period and of your
available options within 30 days of the expiration date. You will have 15 days
before and 15 days following the expiration date ("window period") to notify us
of your election. During this window period, any withdrawals or transfers from
the MVA will not be subject to a market value adjustment. Unless you elect to
transfer funds to a different guarantee period, to the investment options of
the Separate Account, to the GIA or elect to withdraw funds, we will begin
another guarantee period of the same duration as the one just ended and credit
interest at the current rate for that new guarantee period. If you choose a
guarantee period that is no longer available or if your original guarantee
period is no longer available, we will use the guarantee period with the next
longest duration.

  We reserve the right, at any time, to discontinue guarantee periods or to
offer guarantee periods that differ from those available at the time your
contract was issued. Since guarantee periods may change, please contact us to
determine the current guarantee periods being offered.

  Any withdrawal from or transfer out of the MVA will be subject to a market
value adjustment unless the effective date of the withdrawal is within the
window period. The market value adjustment will be applied to the amount being
withdrawn after the deduction of any applicable administrative charge and
before the deduction of any applicable surrender charges. The market value
adjustment can be positive or negative. The amount being withdrawn after
application of the market value adjustment can be greater than or less than the
amount withdrawn before the application of the market value adjustment.

                                      17



  A market value adjustment will not be applied upon the payment of the death
benefit.

  The market value adjustment will reflect the relationship between the current
rate (defined below) for the amount being withdrawn and the guaranteed rate. It
is also reflective of the time remaining in the applicable guarantee period.
Generally, if the guaranteed rate is equal to or lower than the applicable
current rate, the market value adjustment will result in a lower payment upon
withdrawal. Conversely, if the guaranteed rate is higher than the applicable
current rate, the market value adjustment will produce a higher payment upon
withdrawal.

  Assets allocated to the MVA are not part of the assets allocated to the
Separate Account or to PHL Variable's general account. The availability of the
MVA is subject to state approval. The MVA is more fully described in a separate
prospectus that should be read carefully before investing.

Deductions and Charges
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Administrative Charge
  We deduct an annual administrative charge from the Contract Value. This
charge is used to reimburse us for some of the administrative expenses we incur
in establishing and maintaining the contracts.

  The maximum annual administrative charge under a contract is $35. The current
annual administrative charge under a contract is $35, except in the states of
Texas, New Mexico, and Washington, in which the current charge is $30. This
charge is deducted annually on the contract anniversary date. It is deducted on
a pro rata basis from the investment options, GIA or MVA in which you have an
interest. If you fully surrender your contract, the full administrative fee if
applicable, will be deducted at the time of surrender. The administrative
charge will not be deducted (either annually or upon withdrawal) if your
Contract Value is $50,000 or more on the day the administrative charge is due.
This charge may be decreased but will never increase. If you elect Annuity
Payment Options I, J, K, M or N, the annual administrative charge after the
Maturity Date will be deducted from each annuity payment in equal amounts.

Daily Administrative Fee
  We make a daily deduction from the Contract Value to cover the costs of
administration. This current fee is the maximum charged based on an annual rate
of 0.125% and is taken against the net assets of the investment options. It
compensates the company for administrative expenses that exceed revenues from
the annual administrative charge described above. (This fee is not deducted
from the GIA or MVA).

Market Value Adjustment
  Any withdrawal from your MVA will be subject to a market value adjustment.
See the MVA prospectus for information relating to this option.

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit Fee
  If the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit rider is part of your
contract, we will deduct a fee. The fee is deducted on each contract
anniversary during the ten-year term. If this benefit terminates on a contract
anniversary prior to the end of the term for any reason other than death or
commencement of annuity payments, the entire fee will be deducted. If this
benefit terminates on any other day prior to the end of the term for any reason
other than death or commencement of annuity payments, a prorated portion of the
fee will be deducted. The rider fee will be deducted from the total Contract
Value with each investment option bearing a pro rata share of such fee based on
the proportionate Contract Value of each investment option. We will waive the
fee if the benefit terminates due to death or commencement of annuity payments.
Should any of the investment options become depleted, we will proportionally
increase the deduction from the remaining investment options unless we agree
otherwise.


  The fee percentage is locked in at the current fee at the time you elect this
benefit. Currently, the fee percentage is equal to 0.75%, multiplied by the
greater of the guaranteed amount and Contract Value on the day that the fee is
deducted. However, we reserve the right to charge up to 1.00%, multiplied by
the greater of the guaranteed amount or Contract Value on the day that the fee
is deducted. The fee for your rider is shown on the rider specifications page.


  If you elect the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit, you will be unable
to elect any other optional living benefit.

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Fee
  If the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider is part of your contract, we
will deduct a fee. The fee is deducted on each contract anniversary that this
rider is in effect. If this rider terminates on the contract anniversary, the
entire fee will be deducted. If this rider terminates on any other day, a
prorated portion of the fee will be deducted. The rider fee will be deducted
from the total Contract Value with each investment option, GIA and MVA, if
available, bearing a pro rata share of such fee based on the proportionate
Contract Value of each investment option, GIA and MVA. We will waive the rider
fee if the Contract Value on any contract anniversary is greater than twice the
guaranteed annuitization value. Should any of the investment options become
depleted, we will proportionally increase the deduction from the remaining
investment options unless we agree otherwise.


  The maximum fee percentage is 1.00% multiplied by the greater of the
guaranteed annuitization value or the Contract Value on the date the fee is
deducted. The fee percentage is locked in at the current fee at the time you
elect this benefit. Currently the fee percentage for this rider is equal to
0.75% multiplied by the greater of the guaranteed annuitization value and the
Contract Value on the date the rider fee is deducted. The fee for your rider is
shown on the contract specifications page.


  If you elect the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit, you will be unable to
elect any other optional living benefit.

Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector Fee
  If you have elected Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector for your contract,
we will deduct the rider fee on each rider

                                      18



anniversary while the rider is in effect. Currently, the rider anniversary is
the same as the contract anniversary. The fee for this rider is a percentage of
the greater of Contract Value or the rider Benefit Base on the date the fee is
deducted. We calculate and deduct the rider fee amount after any applicable
roll-up and before any automatic step-up of the rider Benefit Base.

  Sample calculation of the rider fee

   Assume that you have reached the end of first rider year, and that your
 rider fee percentage is 0.95%, your initial Benefit Base was $100,000, you
 made an additional premium payment of $10,000 during the first rider year and
 your Contract Value is $110,500. Also, assume that you made no withdrawals
 during the rider year and that you have not elected to opt-out of automatic
 step-ups.

   The Benefit Base at the end of the first rider year is equal to the Benefit
 Base on the rider date ($100,000) plus the amount of the additional premium
 payment ($10,000) or $110,000.

   Assume that your roll-up percentage is 6.5%. The roll-up amount is equal to
 6.5% multiplied by the Benefit Base on the rider date ($100,000) plus the sum
 of all subsequent premium payments made during the first rider year or [6.5%*
 ($100,000 + $10,000)] = $7,150.

   The Benefit Base after roll-up is the current Benefit Base ($110,000)
 compared to the following amount: the current Benefit Base ($110,000) plus the
 roll-up amount for the first rider year ($7,150). The Benefit Base after
 roll-up is therefore $117,150 ($110,000 + $7,150).

   Your rider fee is $1,113 (0.95% of the greater of $110,500 and the
 $117,150). This rider fee is assessed against your Contract Value and your
 Contract Value becomes $109,387 ($110,500-$1,113).

   When we calculate the step-up, we begin that calculation using the current
 Contract Value, which in this example is $109,387.

  The maximum fee percentage for Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector is 2.50%
and the maximum additional fee percentage to add the optional Extended Care
Enhancement is 0.50%. The current fee for Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector
varies depending on whether the single life or spousal life option is selected
and which asset allocation program is selected. An additional current fee
amount is charged if you add the Extended Care Enhancement. This fee is
currently 0.20% for either the single or spousal life option regardless of the
asset allocation program you select and is assessed along with and in the same
manner as the fee for the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector without the
Extended Care Enhancement. See the table of "Optional Benefit Fees" for details.

  You should know that if you change asset allocation programs during a rider
year and the rider fees related to the use of those programs are different, you
will pay the highest rider fee associated with the various asset allocation
programs in which your Contract Value was invested during that rider year.
Additionally, we may increase your fee on the date of any automatic step-up to
the Benefit Base for this rider. If you do not decline an automatic step-up,
you will pay the current rider fee then in effect beginning on the date of any
automatic step-up of the Benefit Base.

  Sample calculation of the rider fee after transfer to an asset allocation
program with a higher rider fee percentage

   Assume that at the beginning of your rider year, the rider fee for the asset
 allocation program you chose was 0.85% and that, during the rider year you
 chose to reallocate all your Contract Value to another approved asset
 allocation program for which the rider fee was 1.05%.

   At the end of this rider year, your rider fee percentage will be 1.05%. This
 rider fee percentage is applied to the greater of the Benefit Base and the
 Contract Value. If the Benefit Base was $100,000 and the Contract Value was
 $98,000, then the rider fee would be $1,050 (1.05% times $100,000).

  In any case, the fee will not exceed the maximum percentage. See "Optional
Benefits", "Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector" for additional information
on the potential impact of the step-up feature on the rider fee and your
ability to decline the step-up.

  Unless we agree otherwise, the rider fee will be deducted from total Contract
Value with each investment option and, if allocation to the GIA is then
permitted, the GIA in which the contract has value bearing a pro rata share of
such fee based on the proportionate value in each of those accounts.


  If this rider terminates on a contract anniversary for any reason other than
death or commencement of annuity payments, the entire rider fee will be
deducted. If this rider terminates on any other day, for any reason other than
death or commencement of annuity payments, a prorated portion of the fee will
be deducted. The prorated rider fee is calculated by multiplying the fee
percentage then in effect for the rider by the greater of the Benefit Base or
the Contract Value on the date the rider terminates, and then multiplying this
amount by the result of the number of days elapsed in the rider year divided by
the total number of days of that year.


  If you elect the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector, you will be unable to
elect any other optional living benefit.

Phoenix Retirement Protector Fee
  If you have elected the Phoenix Retirement Protector for your contract, we
will deduct the rider fee on each rider anniversary while the rider is in
effect. Currently, the rider anniversary is the same as the contract
anniversary. The fee for this rider is a percentage of the greatest of
(a) Contract Value, (b) the GMAB Benefit Base, and (c) the GMWB Benefit Base on
the date the fee is deducted. The rider fee amount is calculated and deducted
after any applicable roll-up of the GMWB Benefit Base and before any automatic
step-up of the GMWB Benefit Base and elective step-up of the GMAB Benefit

                                      19



Base. See the section called "Optional Benefits", "Phoenix Retirement
Protector" for a description of the Benefit Base amounts, the roll-up and
step-up features.

  The maximum fee percentage for Phoenix Retirement Protector is 2.75% and the
maximum additional fee percentage to add the optional guaranteed minimum death
benefit is 0.50%. The current fee for the Phoenix Retirement Protector varies
depending on whether the single life or spousal life option is selected and
which asset allocation program is selected. An additional current fee amount is
charged if you add the optional guaranteed minimum death benefit. This fee is
currently 0.30% for either the single or spousal life option regardless of the
asset allocation program you select and is assessed along with and in the same
manner as the fee for the Phoenix Retirement Protector without the Guaranteed
Minimum Death Benefit. See the table of "Optional Benefit Fees" for details.

  You should know that if you change asset allocation programs during a rider
year and the rider fees related to the use of those programs are different, you
will pay the highest rider fee associated with the various asset allocation
programs in which your Contract Value was invested during that rider year.
Also, we may increase the rider fee for your rider on the date of any automatic
step-up of the GMWB Benefit Base or elective step-up of the GMAB Benefit Base.
If you do not decline an automatic step-up of the GMWB Benefit Base or you
elect a step-up of the GMAB Benefit Base, you will pay the current rider fee
then in effect beginning on the date of any step-up of the applicable Benefit
Base.

  In any case, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum percentage. See
"Optional Benefits" for additional information on the potential impact of the
automatic step-up feature and the elective step-up feature on the rider fee and
your ability to decline the automatic step-up and/or not elect the elective
step-up.

  Unless we agree otherwise, the rider fee will be deducted from total Contract
Value with each investment option and, if allocation to the GIA is then
permitted, the GIA in which the contract has value bearing a pro rata share of
such fee based on the proportionate value in each of those accounts.


  If this rider terminates on a contract anniversary for any reason other than
death or commencement of annuity payments, the entire rider fee will be
deducted. If this rider terminates on any other day, for any reason other than
death or commencement of annuity payments, a prorated portion of the fee will
be deducted. The prorated rider fee is calculated by multiplying the fee
percentage then in effect for the rider by the greatest of the GMWB Benefit
Base, the GMAB Benefit Base and the Contract Value on the date the rider
terminates, and then multiplying this amount by the result of the number of
days elapsed in the rider year divided by the total number of days of that year.


  If you elect the Phoenix Retirement Protector, you will be unable to elect
any other optional living benefit.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee
  We make a daily deduction from each investment option for the mortality and
expense risk fee. The charge is assessed daily against the net assets of the
investment options and varies based on the death benefit option you selected.
The maximum charge for any death benefit option is 1.875%. The current charge
under each death benefit option is equal to the following percentages on an
annual basis:

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Death Benefit Option 1 Return of
                Premium                 Death Benefit Option 2 Annual Step-Up
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
               [      ]%                              [      ]%
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Death Benefit Option 4
    Death Benefit Option 3 Earnings      Greater of Annual Step-Up or Annual
          Enhancement Benefit                          Roll-Up
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
               [      ]%                              [      ]%
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Although you bear the investment risk of the Series in which you invest, once
you begin receiving annuity payments that carry life contingencies the annuity
payments are guaranteed by us to continue for as long as the Annuitant lives.
We assume the risk that Annuitants as a class may live longer than expected
(requiring a greater number of annuity payments) and that our actual expenses
may be higher than the expense charges provided for in the contract.

  In assuming the mortality risk, we promise to make these lifetime annuity
payments to the owner or other payee for as long as the Annuitant lives.

  No mortality and expense risk fee is deducted from the GIA or MVA. If the
charges prove insufficient to cover actual administrative costs, then the loss
will be borne by us; conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
sufficient, the excess will be a profit to us.

  We have concluded that there is a reasonable likelihood that the distribution
financing arrangement being used in connection with the contract will benefit
the Separate Account and the Contract Owners.

Premium Enhancement Fee
  If the Premium Enhancement feature is part of your contract, we apply a
Premium Enhancement Fee. We make a daily deduction from each investment option
for the Premium Enhancement Fee. The charge is assessed daily against the net
assets of the investment options. The maximum charge is 1.50%. Currently, the
charge is __%.

  We have applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for
permission to deduct the Premium Enhancement under the circumstances described
in the Premium Enhancement Restrictions section of this prospectus. We will not
deduct Premium Enhancements on your contract unless, and if applicable, until
the SEC grants us permission. The application for exemptive relief (File
No. 812-13568) was filed with the SEC on August 22, 2008.

                                      20



Surrender Charges

  9-Year Surrender Charge Schedule (Maximum Surrender Charge as a % of Premium
Payment)



                                                  
Complete Years From Receipt of Each Premium Payment
 0.................................................. 9%
 1.................................................. 8%
 2.................................................. 7%
 3.................................................. 6%
 4.................................................. 5%
 5.................................................. 4%
 6.................................................. 3%
 7.................................................. 2%
 8.................................................. 1%
 9+................................................. 0%



  A surrender charge may apply to withdrawals or a full surrender of the
contract prior to the Maturity Date or after the Maturity Date under Variable
Annuity Payment Options K or L. The amount of a surrender charge depends on the
period of time your premium payments are held under the contract. The surrender
charge is designed to recover the expense of distributing contracts that are
terminated before distribution expenses have been recouped from revenue
generated by these contracts. They are contingent charges because they are paid
only if you surrender your contract within the surrender period. Surrender
charges are waived on the free withdrawal amount and on death benefits.
Surrender charges will not be imposed when you begin taking annuity payments on
or after the contract's Maturity Date. Also, no surrender charge will be taken
after the annuity period has begun except with respect to unscheduled
withdrawals under Annuity Payment Options K or L. For more information, see
"Annuity Payment Options." Any surrender charge imposed is deducted from
amounts withdrawn. The surrender charge is calculated on a first-in, first-out
basis. In other words, we calculate your surrender charge by assuming your
withdrawal is applied to premium payments in the order your premium payments
were received.

..  The surrender charge is deducted from amounts withdrawn in excess of the
   Free Withdrawal Amount available at the time of the withdrawal. Each
   Contract Year, you may withdraw a portion of your Contract Value free of any
   surrender charge. This Free Withdrawal Amount is equal to the sum of all
   premium payments no longer subject to Surrender Charges that have not
   previously been withdrawn, plus 10% of Eligible Premium Payments, minus
   Amounts Previously Taken. Amounts Previously Taken equals, within a Contract
   Year, the sum of Eligible Premium Payments previously withdrawn without a
   corresponding Surrender Charge plus all premium payments that were
   previously withdrawn and are no longer subject to Surrender Charges.


  Amounts deducted to pay the surrender charges on partial withdrawals are
subject to a surrender charge. A surrender charge will be deducted from the
affected investment options, GIA and MVA on a pro rata basis. If you request a
net withdrawal of a specified amount, we will deduct the surrender charges from
the remaining Contract Value. This will result in an additional surrender
charge when a net withdrawal is requested. If you request a gross withdrawal of
a specified amount, we will deduct the surrender charges from the amount
requested. Any distribution costs not paid for by surrender charges will be
paid by PHL Variable from the assets of the General Account.

  Any withdrawal from the MVA will be subject to a market value adjustment
unless the effective date of the withdrawal is within the window period. The
market value adjustment will be applied to the amount being withdrawn after the
deduction of any applicable administrative charge and before the deduction of
any applicable surrender charges. The market value adjustment can be positive
or negative. The amount being withdrawn after application of the market value
adjustment can be greater than or less than the amount withdrawn before the
application of the market value adjustment. For more information, see "MVA" or
refer to the MVA prospectus.

  Under this contract surrender charges may be waived due to two life
situations: admission into a nursing home or a terminal illness. There are no
fees for these waivers.

  Nursing Home Waiver. Prior to Maturity Date, you may surrender all or a
portion of the Contract Value (after any applicable market value adjustment is
applied) without a surrender charge, provided that:

  (a)more than one year has elapsed since the Contract Date; and

  (b)the withdrawal is requested within two years of the owner's admission into
     a Licensed Nursing Home Facility; and

  (c)the owner has been confined to the Licensed Nursing Home Facility (as
     defined below) for at least the preceding 120 days.

  If the surrender charge is waived under this waiver, no future Premium
Enhancements will be credited to the contract. Also, we may deduct from the
contract value the amount of any Premium Enhancement amount credited to the
contract during the 12-month period prior to the date we waive the surrender
charge.

  This waiver is subject to state approval (note: this waiver is not available
in Massachusetts).

  Licensed Nursing Home Facility: a state licensed hospital or state licensed
skilled or intermediate care nursing facility at which medical treatment is
available on a daily basis. The owner must provide us with satisfactory
evidence of confinement by written notice.

  Terminal Illness Waiver. Prior to Maturity Date, you may surrender all or a
portion of the Contract Value (after any applicable market value adjustment is
applied) without a surrender charge, provided that we receive proof,
satisfactory to us, of the owner's terminal illness which is defined as an
illness or condition that is expected to result in the owner's death within six
months.

  If the surrender charge is waived under this waiver, no future Premium
Enhancements will be credited to the contract. In addition, we may deduct from
the contract value the amount of any Premium Enhancement amount credited to the
contract during the 12-month period prior to the date we waive the surrender
charge.

                                      21



  This waiver is subject to state approval (note: this waiver is not available
in Massachusetts).

Tax
  Tax is considered to be any tax charged by a state or municipality on premium
payments, whether or not characterized as purchase payment premium tax (or
premium tax). It is also other state or local taxes imposed or any other
governmental fees which may be required based on the laws of the state or
municipality of delivery, the owner's state or municipality of residence on the
Contract Date. Taxes on premium payments currently range from 0% to 3.5% (the
amount of state premium payment tax, if any, will vary from state to state),
depending on the state. We will pay any premium payment tax, any other state or
local taxes imposed or other governmental fee due and will only reimburse
ourselves upon the remittance to the applicable state. For a list of states and
taxes, see "Appendix B."

  We reserve the right, when calculating unit values, to deduct a credit or fee
with respect to any taxes we have paid for or reserved during the valuation
period that we determine to be attributable to the operation of a fund. No
federal income taxes are applicable under present law and we are not presently
making any such deduction.

Transfer Charge
  Currently, there is no charge for transfers; however, we reserve the right to
charge a transfer fee of up to $20 per transfer after the first 12 transfers in
each contract year to defray administrative costs.

Reduced Fees, Credits and Excess Interest for Eligible Groups
  We may reduce or eliminate the mortality and expense risk fee or the
withdrawal charge, or credit excess interest, when sales of the contracts are
made to certain eligible groups that result in savings of sales expenses. We
will consider the following characteristics:

(1)the size and type of the group of individuals to whom the contract is
   offered;

(2)the amount of anticipated purchase payments;

(3)whether there is a preexisting relationship with the Company such as being
   an employee of the Company or its affiliates and their spouses; or to
   employees or agents who retire from the Company or its affiliates or Phoenix
   Equity Planning Corporation ("PEPCO"), or its affiliates or to registered
   representatives of the principal underwriter and registered representatives
   of broker-dealers with whom PEPCO has selling agreements; and

(4)internal transfers from other contracts issued by the Company or an
   affiliate, or making transfers of amounts held under qualified plans
   sponsored by the Company or an affiliate.

  Any reduction or elimination of the mortality and expense risk fee or the
withdrawal charge or credit of excess interest will not unfairly discriminate
against any person. We will make any reduction or credit according to our own
rules in effect at the time the contract was issued. We reserve the right to
change these rules from time to time.

Other Charges
  As compensation for investment management services, the advisors to the funds
are entitled to a fee, payable monthly and based on an annual percentage of the
average daily Net Asset Values of each Series. These fund charges and other
fund expenses are described more fully in the fund prospectuses.

The Accumulation Period
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The accumulation period is that time before annuity payments begin during
which your premium payments into the contract remain invested.

Accumulation Units
  An Accumulation Unit is used to calculate the value of a contract. Each
investment option has a corresponding accumulation unit value. The number of
Accumulation Units of an investment option purchased with a specific premium
payment will be determined by dividing the premium payment by the value of an
Accumulation Unit in that investment option next determined after receipt of
the premium payment. The value of the Accumulation Units of an investment
option will vary depending upon the investment performance of the applicable
Series of the funds, the expenses charged against the fund and the charges and
deductions made against the investment option.

Accumulation Unit Values
  On any date before the Maturity Date of the contract, the total value of the
Accumulation Units in an investment option can be computed by multiplying the
number of such units by the value of an Accumulation Unit on that date. The
value of an Accumulation Unit on a day other than a Valuation Date is the value
of the Accumulation Unit on the next Valuation Date. The number of Accumulation
Units credited to you in each investment option and their current value will be
reported to you at least annually.

Purchase of Contracts
  Generally, we require minimum initial premium payments of:

..  Nonqualified plans--$25,000

..  Bank draft program--$150

  .  You may authorize your bank to draw $150 or more from your personal
     checking account monthly to purchase units in any available investment
     option or for deposit in the GIA or MVA. The amount you designate will be
     automatically invested on the date the bank draws on your account.

..  Qualified plans--$3,500

  The initial payment is due and payable before the contract becomes effective.
We require minimum subsequent premium payments of $100.

                                      22



  The minimum age of the proposed owner to purchase a Contract is the age of
majority in the state where the Contract is being purchased, or a guardian must
act on your behalf. Generally, a contract may not be purchased for a proposed
owner who is 86 years of age or older. Total premium payments in excess of
$1,000,000 cannot be made without our permission. While the owner is living and
the contract is in force, premium payments may be made anytime before the
Maturity Date of a contract.

  Your initial payments will be applied within two days of our receipt if the
application for a contract is complete. If an incomplete application is
completed within five business days of receipt by our Annuity Operations
Division, your payment will be applied within two days of the completion of the
application. If our Annuity Operations Division does not accept the application
within five business days or if an order form is not completed within five
business days of receipt by our Annuity Operations Division, then your payment
will be immediately returned. You may request us to hold your premium payment
after the five day period while the application is completed and within two
days after completion we will apply your premium payment. Please note that
prior to the completion of your application or order form, we will hold the
premium in a suspense account, which is a noninterest bearing account.
Additional payments allocated to the GIA are deposited on the date of receipt
of payment at our Annuity Operations Division. Additional payments allocated to
investment options are used to purchase accumulation units of the investment
option(s), at the value of such Units next determined after the receipt of the
payment at our Annuity Operations Division.

  Premium payments received under the contract will be allocated in any
combination to any investment option, GIA or MVA in the proportion you elect or
as otherwise changed by you from time to time; or in an approved asset
allocation or strategic program, as described below.

  For certain eligible groups, we may reduce the minimum initial or subsequent
premium payment amount we accept for a contract. Factors in determining
qualifications for any such reduction include:

(1)the make-up and size of the prospective group;

(2)the method and frequency of premium payments; and

(3)the amount of compensation to be paid to registered representatives on each
   premium payment.

  Any reduction will not unfairly discriminate against any person. We will make
any such reduction according to our own rules in effect at the time the premium
payment is received. We reserve the right to change these rules from time to
time.

  Payments to the GIA are subject to the Maximum GIA Percentage. If you elect
an optional living benefit rider other than the Guaranteed Minimum Income
Benefit, you may not allocate premiums or transfer values to the GIA or MVA.

Premium Enhancement

Summary
  Subject to state availability, this contract offers a Premium Enhancement
feature. You can elect the Premium Enhancement feature for your contract only
at the time you apply for your contract and the election is irrevocable.

  If you purchase this feature, a Premium Enhancement will be credited to your
contract value at the time the initial premium payment and each subsequent
premium payment is applied to the contract. For information on how a Premium
Enhancement affects you if you exercise your "Free Look" privilege, please
refer to the sections entitled "Free Look Period" under Miscellaneous
Provisions and "Free Look Period" under the Contract Summary.


  The Company expects to profit from the higher fees imposed for electing the
Premium Enhancement feature, Under certain circumstances, the contract owner
may be worse off for having received a Premium Enhancement. The circumstances
where the contract owner may be worse off for selecting the Premium Enhancement
are situations where, over time, Premium Enhancement fees exceed Premium
Enhancements credited to the contract. Also, in cases where there are market
losses, a Premium Enhancement will magnify the impact of those losses.
Additionally, if a contract is held for a longer period of time, the Premium
Enhancement fees paid will exceed the amount of Premium Enhancement credited to
the contract.


  The Premium Enhancement amount is payable from the Company's General Account.
The Premium Enhancement amount will be applied to the Contract Value on the
valuation date we apply the premium to the contract. We will allocate each
Premium Enhancement amount to the investment options the same way as your
premium payments are allocated at the time we credit the Premium Enhancement.
Since the Premium Enhancement becomes part of the Contract Value, any charge
which is calculated based on Contract Value will be impacted by the application
of a Premium Enhancement. Additionally, the Premium Enhancements which are
applied to your Contract Value will experience investment gains or losses
associated with the investment option to which you have allocated your premium
and will be included in the calculation of a market value adjustment in the
case of requested withdrawals from the MVA.


  Any Premium Enhancement credited to the Contract Value is not considered a
premium payment and will be considered as "earnings." The Enhancement is
treated as "earnings" and included in Contract Value for purposes of computing
Optional Living Benefits such as the GMAB, GMIB, GMWB (Phoenix Flexible
Withdrawal Protector) or combination GMAB/GMWB (Phoenix Retirement Protector).
See the section of the prospectus that discusses Optional Living Benefit
riders. The Enhancement is treated as "earnings" and included in Contract Value
for purposes of determining the guaranteed benefit under any death benefit
option. The Enhancement is also treated as "earnings" and included in Contract
Value for purposes of withdrawals, free withdrawals, and tax purposes.


                                      23



  Your contractual right to any Premium Enhancement credited to your contract
does not fully vest until the surrender charge period tied to the premium
payment that the Premium Enhancement was credited to expires. As stated
earlier, in general, if you surrender or withdraw premium from your contract
within the surrender charge period, we will deduct a surrender charge from
those amounts at the time of withdrawal.

  However, other restrictions apply to Premium Enhancements. Subject to SEC
approval, as discussed above, we will deduct any Premium Enhancement credited
to the Contract Value if the Premium Enhancement was credited:

  .  12 months prior to exercising the Nursing Home Waiver or Terminal Illness
     Waiver;

  .  24 months prior to annuitization;

  .  During the free look period, if the contract was returned; or

  .  12 months prior to the death date of a contract owner, unless a spousal
     continuation is in effect.

We have applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for permission
to deduct the Premium Enhancement under the circumstances described in the
Premium Enhancement Restrictions section of this prospectus. We will not deduct
Premium Enhancements on your contract unless, and if applicable, until the SEC
grants us permission. The application for exemptive relief (File No. 812-13568)
was filed with the SEC on August 22, 2008.

  Please review the remainder of this section for more complete details
concerning these restrictions.

  Premium Enhancements are only credited prior to the contract anniversary
immediately following the contract owner's 80/th/ birthday (the age of the
oldest owner will apply if there are multiple owner's and the annuitant's age
will apply if the contract owner is not a natural person). Additionally, no
Premium Enhancements are credited during periods in which surrender charges are
being waived under the Nursing Home Waiver or Terminal Illness Waiver.

  In the event that we are required to issue two new contracts to replace your
existing contract as the result of a court order, such as a divorce decree, we
will not apply any Premium Enhancement to existing Contract Value that is
simply being transferred from the original contract to the newly issued
contract.

Premium Enhancement Calculation
  The amount of the Premium Enhancement is calculated as the product of the
premium payment and Premium Enhancement Percentage as described in the table
below. We only credit Premium Enhancements for premium payments received prior
to the contract anniversary immediately following the oldest Owner's 80/th/
birthday.


 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Age of Oldest Owner on Contract Date      Premium Enhancement Percentage
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Less than 71                                7%
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 71-80                                   6%
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  81+                          Not currently available
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Premium Enhancement Restrictions
  We have the right to deduct Premium Enhancements from the amount of certain
payments or refunds made to you under several circumstances as described below.
Following a transaction for which we deduct the Premium Enhancements, your
Contract Value will retain the investment experience associated with the
Premium Enhancements even after the Premium Enhancements are removed from your
contract.

  We will deduct the full amount of all Premium Enhancements in the event that
the Contract Owner exercises the right to cancel the contract. In addition, if
we return the Contract Value upon the owner's exercise of the right to cancel,
the amount of the refund will include any positive or negative performance
associated with the Premium Enhancement. As a result, in a down market if you
have allocated Contract Value to the investment options, you may receive a
smaller refund amount if you chose the Premium Enhancement Feature than if you
had not elected that feature for your contract. Unless the contract has been
continued under the spousal continuation provision, we will deduct the full
amount of all Premium Enhancements (that have not been previously deducted)
applied to the contract within the twelve month period prior to the death date
of a contract owner. Regardless of the death benefit option elected, the
deduction will not cause the death benefit amount to be less than all premiums
paid to the contract less Adjusted Withdrawals.

  We will deduct the full amount of any Premium Enhancement credited to the
Contract Value during the 24 months preceding your election to annuitize the
contract so long as those amounts have not been previously deducted.

  We will deduct the full amounts of Premium Enhancements (that have not been
previously deducted) credited to the Contract Value during the 12 months
preceding the date we waive a surrender charge on a withdrawal from the
contract under the surrender charge waivers provided by the contract for
Nursing Home Confinement or Terminal Illness.

  We have applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for
permission to deduct the Premium Enhancement from payments made to you under
the circumstances described above. We will not deduct Premium Enhancements on
your contract unless, and if applicable, until the SEC grants us permission.
The application for exemptive relief (File No. 812-13568) was filed with the
SEC on August 22, 2008.

  There may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having purchased a
contract with the Premium Enhancement as opposed to a contract without the
Premium Enhancement. We issue a variety of contracts designed to meet different
retirement planning goals and other contracts

                                      24



have no Premium Enhancement feature. These contracts with no Premium
Enhancement feature do not have a Premium Enhancement Fee. Depending on the
length of time you own your contract, and the market performance during that
time, the higher expenses associated with this contract may or may not be
offset by the Premium Enhancement. You and your financial advisor should decide
if you may be better off not electing the Premium Enhancement feature or with
one of our other contracts. You and your financial advisor should consider the
following:

..  The length of time you plan to own the contract;

..  The frequency, amount, and timing of any withdrawals; and

..  The amount of any payments.

Additional Programs
  If you have any Optional Living Benefit other than the Guaranteed Minimum
Income Benefit (GMIB), attached to your contract, you must elect and continue
to participate in a single approved asset allocation program or the Optional
Living Benefit will terminate. All initial and subsequent premium payments and
Contract Value must be allocated to your chosen program beginning on the date
your chosen rider is effective, which currently must be the contract date.
There is no charge to participate in any approved program; however, the fee for
the Optional Living Benefit may vary depending on the program you choose. See
the table of "Optional Benefit Fees".

  Provided that you do not have any optional living benefit riders attached to
your contract, you may elect any of the additional programs described below at
any time and at no charge.

  We may discontinue, modify or amend these programs as well as offer new
programs or change the programs that are approved for use with the Optional
Living Benefits in the future.

Asset Allocation and Strategic Programs
  Asset allocation and strategic programs are intended to optimize the
selection of investment options for a given level of risk tolerance, in order
to attempt to maximize returns and limit the effects of market volatility. The
asset allocation and strategic programs reflect the philosophy that
diversification among asset classes may help reduce volatility and boost
returns over the long term. An asset class is a category of investments that
have similar characteristics, such as stocks or bonds. Within asset classes
there are often further divisions. For example, there may be divisions
according to the size of the issuer (large cap, mid cap, small cap) or type of
issuer (government, corporate, municipal). We currently offer several asset
allocation programs many of which are approved for use with the Optional Living
Benefits. Information about the programs we currently offer and whether each is
approved for use with an Optional Living Benefit is provided below.

  For ease of reference throughout this section, we refer to the asset
allocation and strategic programs described, simply as "programs", and we refer
to the asset allocation options available within the programs, as "options". We
do not charge for participating in the programs or their options. You may
participate in only one asset allocation program at a time and your ability to
use an asset allocation program with Asset Rebalancing and Dollar Cost
Averaging or Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging is limited as described in "Use of
Dollar Cost Averaging with Asset Rebalancing and Allocation Programs." Subject
to regulatory requirements and approvals, in the future we may modify or
eliminate any existing program or option within a program, or may offer other
asset allocation services which, at our discretion, may be available to current
and/or prospective contract owners. For the most current information on any
program or option, please contact your registered representative.

Selecting a Program and Option-Contracts without Optional Living Benefits
  If you have not elected an Optional Living Benefit for your contract, you are
not required to elect an asset allocation program but may do so if you wish. If
you are interested in electing a program, you should consult with your
registered representative to discuss your choices. For certain programs, a
questionnaire may be used to help you and your registered representative assess
your financial needs, investment time horizon, and risk tolerance. You should
periodically review these factors to determine if you need to change programs
or options.

  When you participate in a program, all of your premium payments and Contract
Value will be allocated to the investment options in accordance with your
selected program and, if applicable, the option within that program. You may,
at any time, switch your current program or option, and may elect any modified
or new programs or options the Company may make available subject to our rules
then in effect. You may cancel your participation in a program at any time, and
later re-enroll in a program by contacting our Annuity Operations Division. If
a program is eliminated, we will notify you of the elimination and you should
consult with your registered representative to choose among the other programs
available at that time. To enroll in a program, you must properly complete the
election form we require and return it to our Annuity Operations Division at
the address shown on the first page of your prospectus.

Selecting a Program and Option-Contracts with Optional Living Benefits
  If you purchase a contract with an Optional Living Benefit, other than the
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB), you must select one of the approved
programs through which to allocate your premium payments and Contract Value.
When you participate in one of the approved programs all your premium payments
and Contract Value will be allocated to the investment options in accordance
with your selected program and, if applicable, the option within that program.
You should consult with your registered representative when you initially
select a program and periodically review your program with your registered
representative to determine if you need to change programs or options. You may,
at any time, switch

                                      25



your current program or option to another approved program and may elect any
modified or new programs or options the Company may make available subject to
our rules then in effect. Changing programs or options may change the fee for
the Optional Living Benefit on your contract. See the table of "Optional
Benefit Fees" for more information.

  Although you may cancel your participation in a program, you should consult
your registered representative before doing so, as canceling the program will
cause your Optional Living Benefit to terminate without value. You may later
re-enroll in a program but re-enrollment will not reinstate an Optional Living
Benefit. If a program is eliminated, we will notify you of the elimination and
you should consult with your registered representative to choose among the
other programs available at that time. To enroll in a program, you must
properly complete the election form we require and return it to our Annuity
Operations Division at the address shown on the first page of your prospectus.

  We currently offer the programs listed below. Except as noted, all programs
are approved programs for use with the Optional Living Benefits.

..  AllianceBernstein VPS Wealth Appreciation Strategy Portfolio (only available
   with Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector and Phoenix Retirement Protector)

..  AllianceBernstein VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio

..  Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy

..  Franklin Templeton Perspectives Asset Allocation Model

..  Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation (not available with the GMAB
   rider), and

..  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series (not available with the GMAB rider).

  A brief description of each program follows.

..  AllianceBernstein VPS Wealth Appreciation Strategy Portfolio
  The AllianceBernstein VPS Wealth Appreciation Strategy portfolio invests in
  an equity portfolio that is designed as a solution for investors who seek
  equity returns but also want broad diversification of the related risks
  across styles, capitalization ranges and geographic regions. In managing the
  portfolio, the adviser efficiently diversifies between growth and value
  equity investment styles, and between U.S. and non-U.S. markets. Normally,
  the adviser's targeted blend for the equity portion of the portfolio is an
  equal weighting of growth and value stocks (50% each). The portfolio may also
  invest in real estate investment trusts, or REITs. This asset allocation
  option is rebalanced as necessary in response to markets.

..  AllianceBernstein VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy
  The AllianceBernstein VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy portfolio targets a
  weighting of 60% equity securities and 40% debt securities with a goal of
  providing moderate upside potential without excessive volatility. Investments
  in real estate investment trusts, or REITs, are deemed to be 50% equity and
  50% fixed-income for purposes of the overall target blend of the portfolio.
  The targeted blend for the non-REIT portion of the equity component is an
  equal weighting of growth and value stocks. This asset allocation option is
  rebalanced as necessary in response to markets.

..  Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy
  Through the Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy, premium payments
  and Contract Value are allocated to the three investment options as listed
  below. On a monthly basis, we will rebalance the Contract Value allocated to
  the three investment options back to the original allocation percentages in
  each investment option.

  .  Franklin Income Securities Fund--34%

  .  Mutual Shares Securities Fund--33%

  .  Templeton Growth Securities Fund--33%

..  Franklin Templeton Perspectives Allocation Model
  Through the Franklin Templeton Perspectives Allocation Model, premium
  payments and Contract Value are allocated to the three investment options as
  listed below. On a monthly basis, we will rebalance the Contract Value
  allocated to the three investment options back to the original allocation
  percentages in each investment option.

  .  Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund--34%

  .  Mutual Shares Securities Fund--33%

  .  Templeton Growth Securities Fund--33%

..  Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation
  PHL Variable and Ibbotson Associates have developed five asset allocation
  options, each comprised of selected combinations of investment options.
  Except as noted above, the options approved for use are:

  .  Conservative Portfolio which seeks conservation of capital and has a
     portfolio allocation more heavily weighted in fixed income investments
     than in equities.

  .  Moderately Conservative Portfolio which primarily seeks current income,
     with capital growth as a secondary objective, and has a portfolio
     allocation of approximately equal weightings in equities and fixed income
     investments.

  .  Moderate Portfolio which seeks long-term capital growth and current income
     with emphasis on current growth, and has a portfolio allocation more
     heavily weighted in equities than in fixed income investments.

  .  Moderately Aggressive Portfolio which seeks long-term capital growth with
     current income as a secondary objective, and has more than three quarters
     of the portfolio in equities and less than one quarter in fixed income
     investments.

  .  Aggressive Portfolio which seeks long-term capital growth and is invested
     primarily in equities.

  On a periodic basis (typically annually), Ibbotson evaluates the options and
updates them to respond to market

                                      26



conditions and to ensure style consistency. If you select one of the
Phoenix-Ibbotson options, your premium payments (Contract Value for in force
policies), however, will not be allocated in accordance with the updated
options unless you specifically request we do so. If you elect to participate
in this program, we will reallocate the Contract Value allocated to the
investment options included in the program so that, following this
reallocation, the percentage in each investment option equals the percentage
originally used for the program. We will make this reallocation effective on
the valuation date immediately preceding each anniversary of your contract date
for as long as the asset allocation program is in effect for your contract. You
should consult with your registered representative for the most current
information on this program and the options within the program.

..  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series
  The Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series are "funds of funds" that invest
  in other mutual funds based on certain target percentages. The series were
  designed on established principles of asset allocation and are intended to
  provide various levels of potential total return at various levels of risk.
  Asset allocations are updated quarterly, or more often, depending on changes
  in the economy or markets. Each option is rebalanced regularly to maintain
  adherence to predetermined asset allocations based on the risk profile for
  the series. Except as noted above, the options approved for use are:

  .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate

  .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate Growth

  .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Growth

  .  Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Aggressive Growth

  If you should elect any of the programs listed below, transfers made under
these programs will not reduce the 12 transfers per year limit under this
contract.

Asset Rebalancing Program
  The Asset Rebalancing Program allows you to specify the percentage levels you
would like to maintain among the investment options. Asset Rebalancing does not
permit transfers to or from the GIA or the MVA. We will automatically rebalance
contract values among the investment options to maintain your selected
allocation percentages. You can choose to have us make these transfers monthly,
quarterly, semiannually or annually. You may start or discontinue this program
at any time by submitting a written request or calling our Annuity Operations
Division. The Asset Rebalancing Program does not ensure a profit nor guarantee
against a loss
in a declining market. Except as described below, the Asset Rebalancing Program
is not available while the Dollar Cost Averaging Program is in effect.

Dollar Cost Averaging Program
  (Reminder that Premium Enhancements are included in the DCA calculations.)

  The Dollar Cost Averaging Program allows you to systematically transfer a set
amount to the investment options or GIA on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or
annual basis. Generally, the minimum initial and subsequent transfer amounts
are $25 monthly, $75 quarterly, $150 semiannually or $300 annually. Also,
premium payments of $1,000,000 or more require our approval before we will
accept them for processing. You must have an initial value of $2,000 in the GIA
or in the investment option from which funds will be transferred (sending
investment option), and if the value in that investment option or the GIA drops
below the amount to be transferred, the entire remaining balance will be
transferred and no more systematic transfers will be processed. Values may be
transferred from only one sending investment option or from the GIA but may be
allocated to multiple receiving investment options. Under the Dollar Cost
Averaging Program, you may transfer approximately equal amounts from the GIA
over a period of 6 months or more. Transfers under the Dollar Cost Averaging
Program are not subject to the general restrictions on transfers from the GIA.
This program is not available for the MVA. There is no charge for participating
in this program.

  Upon completion of the Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you must notify us at
800/541-0171 or in writing to our Annuity Operations Division to start another
Dollar Cost Averaging Program.

  All transfers under the Dollar Cost Averaging Program will be executed on the
basis of values as of the first of the month rather than on the basis of values
next determined after receipt of the transfer request. If the first of the
month falls on a holiday or weekend, then the transfer will be processed on the
next succeeding Valuation Date.

  Except as described below, the Dollar Cost Averaging Program is not available
to individuals who invest via a bank draft program or while the Asset
Rebalancing Program is in effect.

  The Dollar Cost Averaging Program does not ensure a profit nor guarantee
against a loss in a declining market.

  Transfers to the GIA under the Dollar Cost Averaging Program are subject to
the Maximum GIA Percentage.

  We may at different times offer additional or multiple Dollar Cost Averaging
Programs, such as an Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program. If elected, an
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program would entitle you to an enhanced GIA
interest rate for value, less applicable contract charges, allocated to the GIA
(Net Value) for a specified period of time.

  You may cancel an Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program at any time.
Choosing to cancel an Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program prior to the end
of your chosen program period will not change the enhanced GIA interest rate
you are being credited.

  In the event of an early cancellation the enhanced GIA rate will only be
applied to the Net Value allocated to your program from the start date of your
program to your cancellation date.

                                      27



The cancellation date is the valuation date we receive your cancellation
request in good order at our Annuity Operations Division.

  After the cancellation date, you may transfer the Net Value that was invested
in the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program from the GIA to the investment
options without being subject to the Maximum GIA Percentage.

  We reserve the right to modify, suspend, or terminate any Dollar Cost
Averaging Program we offer.

Use of Dollar Cost Averaging with Asset Rebalancing and Allocation Programs
  If you elect to participate in the Franklin Templeton Perspectives Allocation
Model, Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy, or the Phoenix-Ibbotson
Strategic Asset Allocation Program then you may also elect to participate in
the following programs:

1.Dollar Cost Averaging or Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging; and
2.Asset Rebalancing with monthly rebalancing in the Franklin Templeton
  Perspectives Allocation Model or the Franklin Templeton Founding Investment
  Strategy, or Asset Rebalancing with annual rebalancing in the
  Phoenix-Ibbotson Strategic Asset Allocation Program.

  If you elect both the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging and the Asset
Rebalancing Program, your entire dollar cost averaging transfer amount must be
allocated to the Allocation Program in effect for your policy.

Interest Investment Program
  We may at different times offer an Interest Investment program. Under this
program, interest earned on premium allocated to the GIA will automatically be
transferred out to any of the investment options under the separate account.

  You may elect to transfer interest earned on premium allocated to the GIA on
a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. The amount that we transfer
under the program will be based on the interest earned for the period you
elect. We will process the automatic transfers on the first day of the month
for the period that applies following our receipt of your transfer request.
Should the first day of the applicable month fall on a holiday or weekend, we
will process the transfer on the next business day.

  You must have a value of $10,000 in the GIA at all times to keep this program
in effect. If the value in the GIA drops below $10,000 for any reason, then no
more automatic transfers will be processed under the program. To start or stop
the Interest Investment Program, you must notify us at 800/541-0171 or send a
written request to our Annuity Operations Division.

  Transfers under the Interest Investment Program are not subject to the
general restrictions on transfers from the GIA.

  The Interest Investment Program is not available to individuals who invest
via a bank draft program or while the Dollar Cost Averaging Program or Asset
Rebalancing Program is in effect.

  The Interest Investment Program does not ensure a profit nor guarantee
against a loss in a declining market. There is no charge associated with
participating in this program.

Systematic Withdrawal Program
  Prior to the Maturity Date, you may partially withdraw amounts automatically
on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis under the Systematic
Withdrawal Program. You may withdraw a specified dollar amount or a specified
percentage. The withdrawals are taken from the Contract Value with each
investment option, MVA and GIA bearing a pro rata share. Withdrawals from the
MVA may be subject to a market value adjustment.

  The minimum withdrawal amount is $100. Withdrawals will be processed on each
monthly contract anniversary and any applicable surrender charges, market value
adjustment, and taxes will be applied.

  You may start or terminate this program by sending written instructions to
our Annuity Operations Division. This program is not available on or after the
Maturity Date. There is no charge for participating in this program.

Optional Benefits
  For an additional charge, you may elect one of the optional living benefits
described below. Generally you must elect a benefit on the Contract Date unless
otherwise stated. If we allow you to elect a benefit after the Contract Date,
the effective date of the benefit will be the next contract anniversary
immediately following your election. Some benefit elections are irrevocable;
others can be cancelled at any time after the Contract Date.

  Your ability to elect one of the optional living benefits may be restricted
by minimum and maximum issue age requirements, ownership and beneficiary
limitations, and is subject to state availability and regulation. More details
are included in the form of a rider to your Contract if any of these benefits
are chosen.

  If you decide to elect any of the optional living benefits you should
carefully review their provisions to be sure the benefit is something that you
want. You may wish to review these with your financial advisor.

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB)
  The GMAB provides a guaranteed minimum return if funds remain invested
according to a designated asset allocation model for a ten-year term.
Currently, we only allow you to elect this rider on the Contract Date. This
rider may be terminated at any time by request.

  A fee for this benefit is deducted on each contract anniversary during the
term of the benefit. See "Deductions and Charges" above.

  The benefit is available if each owner and Annuitant are less than 81 years
old on the date that this rider is added to the Contract (the "rider date").

  The GMAB is available only if you allocate your premiums to an approved asset
allocation or strategic program, and if

                                      28



you remain fully invested in the program for the term of the benefit. See
"Asset Allocation and Strategic Programs" above.


  The GMAB is also available to you if you are the beneficiary of a deceased
Owner's IRA, qualified plan or non-qualified annuity, which was originally
issued by a non-Phoenix company, and are electing to transfer the proceeds to
Phoenix in order to receive your mandatory after-death distributions using an
Inherited/Stretch Annuity. See the section of this prospectus entitled
"Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature" for more details. This benefit is also
available to you if you are the beneficiary of a deceased Owner's IRA or
non-qualified annuity contract issued by Phoenix, other than a Phoenix Flexible
Retirement Choice/SM/ contract, and are electing to transfer the proceeds from
the existing contract to this contract in order to receive your mandatory
after-death distributions using an Inherited/Stretch Annuity. Once the
inherited proceeds are in an Inherited/Stretch Annuity, mandatory annual
distributions must be made based on the life expectancy of the original
beneficiary of the proceeds. Mandatory annual distributions may diminish the
attractiveness of electing the GMAB under your contract because withdrawals
made during the ten-year term of the rider decrease the amount of the benefit
available to you. Consult your financial professional and tax adviser to
determine whether this feature is right for you.


Guaranteed Amount
  The guaranteed amount is equal to the guaranteed amount base multiplied by
Guaranteed Amount Factor 1. The guaranteed amount base is equal to (A) plus
(B) minus (C), where:

   A =the Contract Value on the rider date.

   B =100% of each subsequent premium payment paid to the contract during the
      first year of the 10-year period beginning on the rider date (the "term").

   C =pro rata adjustment for withdrawals from the contract during the term.
      The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the
      guaranteed amount base prior to the withdrawal by the ratio of the amount
      withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal fees) to the Contract
      Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

  Currently, Guaranteed Amount Factors 1 and 2 are equal to 1.00.

Additional Amount
  If on the last day of the term:

..  the Contract Value is less than the guaranteed amount base, we will add an
   additional amount to the Contract Value equal to the difference between the
   Contract Value and the guaranteed amount.

..  the Contract Value is greater than or equal to the guaranteed amount base,
   we will add an additional amount to the Contract Value equal to the
   guaranteed amount base multiplied by the difference between the Guaranteed
   Amount Factor 2 and 1.00.

..  the contract annuitizes, the death of an owner or Annuitant occurs or a full
   surrender is made, the Contract Value will reflect any additional amount
   prior to the payment of any annuity, death or full surrender benefits. Note:
   no additional amount will be paid if any of the above occurs prior to the
   end of the term.

  If on any day following the rider date, any portion of the Contract Value is
no longer invested according to an asset allocation or strategic program
established and maintained by us for this benefit, the benefit will terminate
and no additional amount will be added to the Contract Value.

Benefit Termination
  This benefit will terminate at the end of the term or upon the occurrence of
any of the following:

..  the date that any portion of the Contract Value is not invested according to
   an asset allocation or strategic program established and maintained by us
   for the benefit;

..  the date that a full surrender is made;

..  the date of the first death of an owner unless the surviving spouse elects
   spousal continuation of the contract and benefit;

..  the date that annuity payments commence; or

..  the date that the contract terminates.

  If the benefit terminates for any of the above reasons prior to the end of
the term, an additional amount will not be paid.

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB)
  This optional rider provides a benefit that guarantees minimum monthly fixed
annuity payments. The minimum monthly fixed annuity payment amount is
calculated by multiplying the guaranteed annuitization value by the Annuity
Payment Option rate for the Annuity Payment Option selected under the rider.

  The benefit provided by this rider will not be available until the later of 7
years after the rider is added to the contract ("rider date") or the contract
anniversary following the older Annuitant's 60/th/ birthday. For example, if
you were age 40 when you bought the contract with the rider, the earliest you
could exercise the benefit under the rider would be when you reached age 60.
While the benefit is available, you can only exercise it, upon written notice,
within 30 days following any contract anniversary. This benefit will not be
available 30 days after the contract anniversary following the older
Annuitant's 90/th/ birthday.

  A fee for this benefit is deducted on each contract anniversary only if the
benefit is selected. See "Deductions and Charges" above. Once your benefit is
exercised, the fee will no longer be deducted. Currently, we only allow you to
elect this rider on the Contract Date, but reserve the option to remove this
restriction in the future. Election of this benefit rider is irrevocable. You
should consult with a qualified financial advisor before you make your decision.


  The GMIB is also available to you if you are the beneficiary of a deceased
Owner's IRA, qualified plan or non-qualified annuity, which was originally
issued by a non-Phoenix company, and are


                                      29




electing to transfer the proceeds to Phoenix in order to receive your mandatory
after-death distributions using an Inherited/Stretch Annuity. See the section
of this prospectus entitled "Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature" for more
details. This benefit is also available to you if you are the beneficiary of a
deceased Owner's IRA or non-qualified annuity contract issued by Phoenix, other
than a Phoenix Flexible Retirement Choice/SM/ contract, and are electing to
transfer the proceeds from the existing contract to this contract in order to
receive your mandatory after-death distributions using an Inherited/Stretch
Annuity. Once the inherited proceeds are in an Inherited/Stretch Annuity,
mandatory annual distributions must be made based on the life expectancy of the
original beneficiary of the proceeds. Mandatory annual distributions may
diminish the attractiveness of electing the GMIB under your contract because
certain withdrawals made during the term of the rider may decrease the amount
of the benefit available to you. Consult your financial professional and tax
adviser to determine whether this feature is right for you.


Guaranteed Annuitization Value
  On and before the contract anniversary following the older Annuitant's 80/th/
birthday, the guaranteed annuitization value shall be equal to the lesser of
(i) the sum of (A plus B) minus (C plus D), or (ii) 200% of all premium
payments minus the sum of the guaranteed annuitization value reductions and any
tax that may be due, where:

   A =the Contract Value on the rider date accumulated at an effective annual
      rate (as determined below in the provision entitled "Effective Annual
      Rate") starting on the rider date and ending on the date the guaranteed
      annuitization value is calculated.

   B =the sum of premium payments made after rider date minus any taxes paid,
      accumulated at an effective annual rate starting on the date each premium
      payment is applied to the contract and ending on the date the guaranteed
      annuitization value is calculated.

   C =the sum of the guaranteed annuitization value reductions, accumulated at
      an effective annual rate starting on the date each withdrawal occurs and
      ending on the date the guaranteed annuitization value is calculated.

   D =any tax that may be due.


   Assume the contract owner makes an initial payment of $100,000 (at age 68)
 and an additional deposit of $200,000 on the 3/rd/ contract anniversary.

   On the 7/th/ contract anniversary (age 75), the Guaranteed Annuitization
 Value is the lesser of (i) or (ii) where (i) is equal to $383,311 ((($100,000
 x 1.05/3/) + $200,000) x 1.05/4/) and (ii) is equal to $600,000 (200% x
 ($100,000 + $200,000)). The Guaranteed Annuitization Value is $383,311. This
 assumes there were no additional payments, withdrawals, or transfers.


  After the contract anniversary following the older Annuitant's 80/th/
birthday, the guaranteed annuitization value shall equal the lesser of (i) (A
plus B) minus (C plus D), or (ii) 200% of all premium payments minus the sum of
the guaranteed annuitization value reductions and any tax that may be due,
where:

   A =the guaranteed annuitization value on the contract anniversary following
      the older Annuitant's 80/th/ birthday.

   B =the sum of premium payments made after the contract anniversary following
      the older Annuitant's 80/th/ birthday.

   C =the sum of the guaranteed annuitization value reductions determined for
      withdrawals occurring after the contract anniversary following the older
      Annuitant's 80/th/ birthday.

   D =any tax that may be due.


   Assume the contract owner makes an initial payment of $100,000 (at age 79)
 and an additional deposit of $200,000 on the 3/rd/ contract anniversary (at
 age 82).

   The Guaranteed Annuitization Value at age 80 is equal to $105,000 ($100,000
 x 1.05). On the 7/th/ contract anniversary (age 75), the Guaranteed
 Annuitization Value is the lesser of (i) or (ii) where (i) is equal to
 $340,710 ($105,000 x 1.05/6/ + $200,000) and (ii) is equal to $600,000 (200% x
 ($100,000 + $200,000)). The Guaranteed Annuitization Value is $340,710. This
 assumes there were no additional payments, withdrawals, or transfers.


  You should know that the Effective Annual Rate, the percentage used to
increase your annuitization value as described above, will be reset to 0%
depending on whether or not the value in the GIA is greater than 40% of the
total Contract Value on certain dates. Please refer to the following section
entitled "Effective Annual Rate" for a full description of the Effective Annual
Rate.



Guaranteed Annuitization Value Reduction
  A Guaranteed Annuitization Value Reduction is an amount determined for each
withdrawal that occurs on or after initial election of the GMIB rider. In
summary, if withdrawals in a rider year do not exceed a maximum annual amount,
then the Guaranteed Annuitization Value Reduction for those withdrawals is
equal to the sum of the withdrawals. To the extent that withdrawals in a rider
year exceed a maximum annual amount, then the Guaranteed Annuitization Value
Reduction for those excess withdrawals will reduce the Guaranteed Annuitization
Value by the ratio of each withdrawal to the Contract Value prior to the
withdrawal. This means that any withdrawal in excess of your maximum annual
amount could reduce the Guaranteed Annuitization Value on more than a dollar
for dollar basis. On each rider anniversary, a maximum annual amount is
calculated equal to the effective annual rate on the rider anniversary
multiplied by the Guaranteed Annuitization Value on the rider anniversary. The
maximum annual amount during the first rider year is equal to 5% multiplied by
the Contract Value on the rider date. Withdrawals during a rider year will
reduce the maximum

                                      30



annual amount by the same amount that your Contract Value is reduced as a
result of the withdrawal.

  The Guaranteed Annuitization Value Reduction is equal to the sum of A and B
where:

   A =the lesser of the remaining maximum annual amount (prior to the
      withdrawal) and the withdrawal amount; and
   B =(a) multiplied by (b), where:
    (a) =the Guaranteed Annuitization Value immediately prior to the withdrawal
         less the value determined in "A" above;
    (b) =1 minus the result of (c) divided by (d), where:
    (c) =the Contract Value after the withdrawal, and
    (d) =the Contract Value before the withdrawal less the value determined in
         "A" above.


   Withdrawals will reduce the Guaranteed Annuitization Value dollar-for-dollar
 up to the maximum annual amount and pro-rata for the withdrawal amount in
 excess of the maximum annual amount. For example, assume the Guaranteed
 Annuitization Value is $166,667 on the 2/nd/ contract anniversary and $175,000
 on the 3/rd/ contract anniversary. The contract value is $150,000 on the 3/rd/
 contract anniversary and the contract owner withdraws $10,000. Assuming the
 effective annual rate is 5%, the maximum annual amount is $8,333 (5% x
 166,667). The Guaranteed Annuitization Value and contract value will be
 reduced by $8,333. The new Guaranteed Annuitization Value is $166,667 and the
 new contract value is $141,667. The withdrawal amount in excess of the maximum
 annual amount is $1,667. A withdrawal of $1,667 will reduce the contract value
 by 1.177% (1 - ($140,000 / $141,667). A withdrawal of $1,667 will reduce the
 Guaranteed Annuitization Value by $1,962 (1.177% x $166,667). The total
 Guaranteed Annuitization Value Reduction associated with this $10,000
 withdrawal will equal $10,295 ($8,333 + $1,962). The new Guaranteed
 Annuitization Value will be $164,705 ($175,000 - $8,333 - $1,962). The new
 contract value will be $140,000 ($150,000 - $10,000). The contract owner will
 have a Guaranteed Annuitization Value of $200,200 ($164,705 x 1.05/4/) on the
 7/th/ contract anniversary (assuming no additional payments, withdrawals or
 transfers).


Effective Annual Rate
  On the rider date, we will set the effective annual rate of accumulation to
5%. After the first contract year, this rate may be adjusted based on the value
of the Guaranteed Interest Account (GIA) in relation to the total Contract
Value as described below.

  After the first contract year, we will reset the effective annual rate to 0%
if the value of the GIA is greater than 40% of the total Contract Value on any
of the following dates:

1.each date we process a premium payment.
2.each date we process a transfer.
3.each date we process a withdrawal.

  Subsequently, we will raise the effective annual rate to 5% if the current
effective annual rate is equal to 0% and the value of the GIA is less than or
equal to 40% of the total Contract Value on any of the following dates:

1.each date we process a premium payment.
2.each date we process a transfer.
3.each date we process a withdrawal.
4.each rider anniversary.

Termination of This Rider
  You may not terminate this rider by request. This rider will terminate on the
first of any of the following events to occur:

1.the 30/th/ day following the last contract anniversary that occurs after the
  older Annuitant's 90/th/ birthday;

2.the termination of the contract to which this rider is attached;

3.the date a death benefit becomes payable under the contract to which this
  rider is attached;

4.the date annuity payments commence under the contract to which this rider is
  attached; and

5.the death of the last surviving Annuitant or Joint Annuitant named under this
  rider.

GMIB Annuity Payment Options
  Under this rider, you may only elect one of the following Annuity Payment
Options:

  GMIB Option A -- Life Annuity with Specified Period Certain: a fixed annuity
payable monthly while the Annuitant named under this rider is living or, if
later, until the end of the specified period certain. The period certain may be
specified as 5, 10 or 20 years. The period certain must be specified on the
date the benefit is exercised. If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the
period certain, the remaining period certain annuity payments will continue. No
monthly payment, death benefit or refund is payable if any Annuitant dies after
the end of the period certain. This option is not available if the life
expectancy of the Annuitant is less than the period certain on the date the
benefit is exercised.

  GMIB Option B -- Non-Refund Life Annuity: a fixed annuity payable monthly
while any Annuitant named under this rider is living. No monthly payment, death
benefit or refund is payable after the death of the Annuitant.

  GMIB Option D -- Joint and Survivorship Life Annuity: a fixed annuity payable
monthly while either the Annuitant or joint Annuitant named under this rider is
living. This option is only available if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant
named under this rider are both alive on the date the benefit is exercised. No
monthly payment, death benefit or refund is payable after the death of the
surviving Annuitant.

  GMIB Option F -- Joint and Survivorship Life Annuity with 10-Year Period
Certain: a fixed annuity payable monthly while either the Annuitant or Joint
Annuitant named under this rider is living, or if later, the end of 10 years.
This option is only available if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant named under
this rider are both alive on the date the benefit is exercised. If the
surviving Annuitant dies prior to the end of the 10-year period certain, the
remaining period certain

                                      31



annuity payments will continue. No monthly payment, death benefit or refund is
payable if the surviving Annuitant dies after the end of the 10-year period
certain. This option is not available if the life expectancy of the older
Annuitant is less than 10 years on the date the benefit is exercised.

Payment Upon Death After Maturity Date
  If an owner dies on or after the Maturity Date and there is no surviving
owner, any remaining certain period annuity payments will be paid to the
beneficiary under the Annuity Payment Option in effect on the date of death.
Generally, payments may not be deferred or otherwise extended. (For information
regarding the Inherited/Stretch Annuity feature of this contract, see the
section of this prospectus entitled "Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature." If
there is a surviving owner, the payments continue as if there had been no death.

  If the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant, if any, die and are survived by any
owner, any remaining certain period annuity payments will be paid to such
owner. Payments will continue under the Annuity Payment Option in effect at the
date of death and may not be deferred or otherwise extended. For contracts
issued outside of an Individual Retirement Account/Annuity or a qualified plan,
the payments to the beneficiary must be made at least as rapidly as the
payments were being made to the owner.

                   Important Information regarding the GMIB
   While the GMIB does provide guaranteed minimum fixed annuity payments, it
 may not be appropriate for all investors and should be understood completely
 before you elect it.

..  The GMIB does not provide Contract Value or in any way guarantee the
   investment performance of any investment option available under the contract.

..  The GMIB is irrevocable once elected.

..  You may not change any Annuitant or Joint Annuitant while the GMIB is in
   effect.

..  The GMIB does not restrict or limit your right to annuitize at other times
   permitted under the contract, but doing so will terminate the GMIB.

..  The minimum monthly fixed annuity payment amount under the GMIB may be less
   than the annuity payment amount under the contract even if the guaranteed
   annuitization value is greater than the contract value.

..  You should consult with a qualified financial advisor if you are considering
   the GMIB.

..  The GMIB is only available if approved in your state and if we offer it for
   use with the contract.

Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector/SM/: A Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary of Benefit

  You may purchase the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector, which subject to
the rider's terms guarantees a minimum amount in payments or withdrawals from
the contract, and may also select the optional Extended Care Enhancement with
the rider for an additional charge. When you elect the Phoenix Flexible
Withdrawal Protector, the GMWB component is automatically included. You must
elect the Extended Care Enhancement to be included as part of the rider at the
time you purchase the contract. Currently, these benefits are only available
for purchase at the time you buy the contract and you may only purchase one
Optional Living Benefit with the contract. As with the other guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefits (GMWBs) that have been offered with this contract, once you
reach the date on which you can access the benefit according to the rider's
terms, Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector guarantees a minimum amount in
payments or withdrawals from the contract provided you remain within certain
restrictions and limitations which are described below. Phoenix Flexible
Withdrawal Protector provides a lifetime benefit for the lifetime of one person
if the single life option is elected, or for the lifetime of two spouses if the
spousal life option is elected. You should know that the rider does not provide
access to the benefit prior to the date the youngest Covered Person reaches a
particular age, which is currently age 60 for the single life option and the
younger spouse's age 65 for the spousal life option. We call the date on which
this occurs the Benefit Eligibility Date. See "Important Terms and Conditions
Related to Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector" below for the definition of
"Covered Person" and other important terms. However, prior to the Benefit
Eligibility Date, the value of the benefit can increase as a result of
increases to the Benefit Base. See "Events and features causing recalculation
of the Benefit Base" below for details. We call the annual amount of the
rider's lifetime benefit, the Annual Benefit Amount. As noted below, the Annual
Benefit Amount represents two distinct values depending on whether or not your
Contract Value is greater than zero. We calculate the Annual Benefit Amount on
the later of the date you make the first withdrawal and the Benefit Eligibility
Date. On the date it is calculated, the Annual Benefit Amount equals a
percentage we call the Annual Benefit Percentage, multiplied by a value we call
the Benefit Base. The Annual Benefit Percentage is an amount ranging from 0%-7%
based on the attained age of the youngest Covered Person on the date of the
first withdrawal from the contract. If you take a withdrawal before the Benefit
Eligibility Date, the Annual Benefit Percentage will be zero and then will be
permanently set to 5% on the Benefit Eligibility Date. The Benefit Base is a
value we calculate as described below for determining the Annual Benefit
Amount. Certain transactions and events under the contract can increase or
decrease the Benefit Base. In turn, these transactions and events can increase
or decrease the Annual Benefit Amount thereby affecting the amount you receive
in payments or withdrawals

                                      32



under the benefit. We further define these terms, and describe the calculation
of these values, and how various contract transactions and events affect these
values below.

  Annual Benefit Amount when Contract Value is greater than zero: Guaranteed
Withdrawals

  Provided that no withdrawals have been made from the contract prior to the
Benefit Eligibility Date (the youngest Covered Person's 60/th/ birthday for the
single life option and 65/th/ birthday for the spousal life option), Phoenix
Flexible Withdrawal Protector then guarantees a minimum amount of withdrawals
you can take from the contract each year after the Benefit Eligibility Date.
This amount is the Annual Benefit Amount. The Annual Benefit Amount is not
available for guaranteed withdrawals prior to the Benefit Eligibility Date. The
rider does not prevent you from taking withdrawals from the contract at any
time; however, taking withdrawals prior to the Benefit Eligibility Date may
significantly reduce or eliminate the value of the rider benefit. Please see
the chart of "Special Risks Associated with Withdrawals" at the end of this
section for details.

  If you have taken withdrawals from the contract prior to the Benefit
Eligibility Date, the Benefit Base will be reduced by the withdrawal in the
same proportion as the Contract Value is reduced by the withdrawal. See "Taking
Withdrawals".

  So long as your remaining Benefit Base is greater than zero when you reach
the Benefit Eligibility Date, we will then calculate the Annual Benefit Amount
that becomes available to you at that time. The Annual Benefit Amount will be
equal to the Annual Benefit Percentage multiplied by the Benefit Base on that
date. However, if you take withdrawals before the Benefit Eligibility Date and
these withdrawals cause both your Contract Value and Benefit Base to become
zero, your rider will terminate without value. Since this is a lifetime
benefit, postponing withdrawals too long may limit the value of this rider
because your remaining life expectancy shortens as you age. You should
carefully consider your plans for taking withdrawals from the contract in
considering whether this benefit is appropriate for your goals.

  After the Benefit Eligibility Date, withdrawals reduce the future value of
this benefit if they exceed the Annual Benefit Amount. We will reduce the
Benefit Base if cumulative withdrawals in a rider year are more than the Annual
Benefit Amount. This reduction affects the amount available for future
guaranteed withdrawals while the Contract Value is greater than zero and for
guaranteed payments when the Contract Value is zero. Please see the chart of
"Special Risks Associated with Withdrawals" at the end of this section for
details. Additionally, withdrawals that exceed the contract's free withdrawal
amount are subject to any surrender charges imposed under the contract.

Annual Benefit Amount when Contract Value is zero: Guaranteed Payments
  If your Contract Value goes to zero on or after the Benefit Eligibility Date
(the youngest Covered Person's 60/th/ birthday for the single life option and
65/th/ birthday for the spousal life option), and you have met the conditions
of the benefit, the contract and all rights under the contract and rider
terminate but we will pay you the Annual Benefit Amount each year until the
first death of a Covered Person under the single life option or until the death
of the surviving spouse under the spousal life option. The Annual Benefit
Amount is not available for guaranteed payments until the Benefit Eligibility
Date.

Asset Allocation or Strategic Program Requirement
  If you purchase Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector, you must select one of
the approved asset allocation programs when allocating your premium payments
and Contract Value. You should consult with your registered representative when
you initially select a program and periodically review your program with your
registered representative to determine if you need to change programs. You may,
at any time, switch your current program to another approved program the
Company may make available; however, the fee for the rider may vary depending
on the program or option you choose. See the table of "Optional Benefit Fees"
for details. We reserve the right to restrict availability of investment
options and programs.

  Although you may cancel your participation in a program, you should consult
your registered representative before doing so, as canceling out of programs
altogether will cause the rider to terminate without value. You may request to
later re-enroll in a program however, re-enrollment will not reinstate the
rider. If a program is eliminated while the rider is in effect, we will provide
you notice and you must choose among the other approved programs available by
working with your registered representative to make an appropriate selection
and returning the form we require to the Annuity Operations Division.
Descriptions of the programs are found in "Asset Allocation and Strategic
Programs" above.

Important Terms and Conditions Related to Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector
  Since the rider is purchased with the contract, the rider date is the same as
the contract date and rider years are measured the same as contract years.

  "Annual Benefit Percentage" is a percentage we use to determine the Annual
Benefit Amount. The percentage varies by age as shown below and is established
on the date you make the first withdrawal from the contract. If your first
withdrawal is prior to the Benefit Eligibility Date (the youngest Covered
Person's 60/th/ birthday for the single life option or 65/th/ birthday for the
spousal life option) this percentage is reset to 5% on the Benefit Eligibility
Date.



            --------------------------------------------------------
            Single Life   Annual Benefit Spousal Life Annual Benefit
            Attained Age    Percentage   Attained Age   Percentage
            --------------------------------------------------------
                                             
                <60             0%           <65            0%
            --------------------------------------------------------
               60-74            5%          65-74           5%
            --------------------------------------------------------
               75-84            6%          75-84           6%
            --------------------------------------------------------
                85+             7%           85+            7%
            --------------------------------------------------------


  "Benefit Eligibility Date" is the date the benefit provided by the rider is
first available to you.

  .  For the single life option, the Benefit Eligibility Date is the later of
     the rider date and the date the youngest Covered Person, as defined below,
     attains age 60.

                                      33



  .  For the spousal life option, the Benefit Eligibility Date is the later of
     the rider date and the date the youngest Covered Person attains age 65.
     For the spousal life option, if either spouse dies prior to the Benefit
     Eligibility Date, we will reset the Benefit Eligibility Date to the later
     of the date of the first spousal death, and the date the surviving spouse
     attains age 65.

  "Covered Person(s)" means the person(s) whose life is used to determine the
duration of the lifetime Annual Benefit Amount payments. A Covered Person must
be a natural person.

  .  For the single life option, the Covered Person can be one or more lives.
     If there is one natural person owner, the owner is the Covered Person. If
     there are multiple natural person owners, all owners are Covered Persons.
     If the owner is a non-natural person, all annuitants named in the contract
     become the Covered Persons.

  .  For the spousal life option, Covered Persons must be two legal spouses
     under federal law. If there is one natural person owner, the owner and the
     owner's spouse must be the Covered Persons. The spouse must be the sole
     beneficiary. If there are two spousal owners, the Covered Persons are the
     spousal owners, and they must both be each other's beneficiary. If there
     are multiple non-spousal owners, or if the owner is a non-natural person,
     the spousal life option is not allowed.

Benefit Base
  The Benefit Base is the amount established for the sole purpose of
determining the Annual Benefit Amount. As noted above, while the Contract Value
is greater than zero, so long as you have reached the Benefit Eligibility Date,
the Annual Benefit Amount is the amount available for withdrawals. When the
Contract Value goes to zero, so long as you have reached the Benefit
Eligibility Date, the Annual Benefit Amount is the amount we will pay to you
each year.

  Assuming the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector rider was issued on the
date the contract was issued, the Benefit Base on that date equals the initial
premium payment. Thereafter, the Benefit Base is re-calculated whenever certain
triggering events occur. At any time while the rider is in effect, we will
reduce the Benefit Base if cumulative withdrawals in a rider year are more than
the Annual Benefit Amount, which, prior to the Benefit Eligibility Date, is
zero. Generally speaking, assuming no withdrawals have been taken, the Benefit
Base will be increased by additional premium payments (but not by any Premium
Enhancements on those payments), and may be increased as a result of the
roll-up and step-up features. Additionally, the Benefit Base may be increased
at a particular rider anniversary following the end of the roll-up period by an
aspect of the roll-up feature we call the Benefit Base Multiplier. We describe
events and features causing recalculation of the Benefit Base below. Under no
circumstances will the Benefit Base ever exceed a maximum amount. This maximum
amount is the sum of the Maximum Benefit Base Percentage, currently 500%,
multiplied by the initial premium plus the Maximum Benefit Base Percentage
multiplied by the sum of subsequent premiums in the first rider year, plus 100%
of other subsequent premiums.

  Sample calculation of the Maximum Benefit Base

   Assume that the initial premium on the rider date was $100,000 and that the
 Maximum Benefit Base Percentage was 500%. On the rider date, your Maximum
 Benefit Base is $500,000 (500% times $100,000).

   Now assume that you make an additional premium payment of $20,000 during the
 first rider year. Your Maximum Benefit Base would be increased to $600,000
 [500,000 + (500% times $20,000)].

   Then assume that you make another premium payment of $15,000, but that this
 premium payment was made in the third rider year. Your Maximum Benefit Base
 would be increased to $615,000 [$600,000 + (100% times $15,000)].

Events and features causing recalculation of the Benefit Base

..  Premium Payments Received After the Rider Date
  If we receive premium payments after the rider date, and no withdrawals have
  been made from the contract, then we will increase the Benefit Base. The
  Benefit Base will be increased by the dollar amount of each premium payment
  on the date we receive it. However, if you then take withdrawals from the
  contract in excess of your Annual Benefit Amount, we will reduce the Benefit
  Base as described in "Taking Withdrawals" below.

  If any withdrawal has been made from the contract on or prior to our receipt
of an additional premium, we will not increase the Benefit Base as a result of
premium payments made after such withdrawal.

..  Roll-up Feature
  The GMWB rider includes a roll-up feature. A roll-up feature allows for an
  increase, or "roll-up," in the Benefit Base during a specified period of
  time, called the roll-up period. The roll-up feature is only available to you
  if no withdrawals have been taken from the contract. Currently, the roll-up
  period continues until the 10/th/ rider anniversary following the later of
  the rider date and the last rider anniversary on which an automatic step-up,
  described below, occurs. In no event can the roll-up period extend beyond the
  time the younger Covered Person attains a maximum age. This maximum age is
  the greater of age 95 or the younger Covered Person's age on the rider date
  plus 10 years. The increase in Benefit Base resulting from a roll-up is based
  upon a comparison of different values on each rider anniversary, as specified
  below. For calculation of the increase in Benefit Base provided by the
  roll-up feature, "subsequent premium payments" means premium payments
  received after the rider date, excluding premium payments received on any
  rider anniversary and excluding any Premium Enhancements. The roll-up amount
  is determined by

                                      34



  multiplying the Benefit Base as of the prior rider anniversary or, for the
  roll-up at the end of the first rider year, the Benefit Base on the last
  valuation date of the first rider year by a percentage, currently 6.5%.

  If you have not taken withdrawals from the contract and therefore are
eligible for the roll-up feature of the rider, we will consider an additional
value in recalculating the Benefit Base on the rider anniversary at or
following the end of the roll-up period on which the youngest Covered Person
has attained age 70. This additional value applies the Benefit Base Multiplier,
currently 200%, to the sum of the Benefit Base on the rider date plus
subsequent premium received in the first rider year. The recalculation of the
Benefit Base under the various situations that can exist at the end of the
roll-up period is described below.

..  Rider Anniversaries During the Roll-up Period
  On each rider anniversary during the roll-up period, if no withdrawals have
  been made, the Benefit Base will be re-calculated on that rider anniversary.
  The re-calculated Benefit Base will be set equal to the greater of the
  following unless the automatic step-up feature has been suspended in which
  case, it will be set to the second of the two values described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, (after all fees have been deducted, and
     provided the automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the sum of (i) the Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus any
     premium payments since the prior rider anniversary and (ii) the roll-up
     amount for the prior rider year, if any.

..  The Rider Anniversary Following the End of the Roll-Up Period
  If the roll-up period has ended, and no withdrawals have been made from the
  contract, we will re-calculate the Benefit Base on the rider anniversary
  following the end of the roll-up period.

  When we recalculate the Benefit Base on the rider anniversary following the
  end of the roll-up period, the amount of the recalculated Benefit Base will
  depend on whether the youngest Covered Person has attained the Benefit Base
  Multiplier Age, currently age 70, by that rider anniversary. For each
  situation, the recalculated Benefit Base is determined as described below.

1.Assuming the youngest Covered Person has not attained age 70 by the rider
  anniversary immediately following the end of the roll-up period, then on that
  rider anniversary, the Benefit Base will be set equal to the greater of the
  following, unless the automatic step-up feature has been suspended in which
  case, it will be set to the latter of the two values described below:
  .  the Contract Value then in effect, (after all fees have been deducted,
     provided the automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the sum of (i) the Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus any
     premium payments since the prior rider anniversary and (ii) the roll-up
     amount for the prior rider year, if any.

  Assume that you have reached the rider anniversary following the end of the
roll-up period, the youngest Covered Person has not yet attained age 70 and you
have not made any withdrawals. Assume further that your Benefit Base as of your
prior rider anniversary was $176,257, your Contract Value is $105,000, you have
not made any subsequent premium payments during the prior rider year and the
automatic step-up has not been suspended.

  Your Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be the
greater of the following:

  .  Contract Value = $105,000

  .  Sum of (i) and (ii) = $187,714

     (i)Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $176,257

    (ii)Roll-Up Amount for prior rider year = $176,257 x 6.5% = $11,457

  Your Benefit Base will be $187,714.

2.Assuming the youngest Covered Person has attained age 70 by the rider
  anniversary immediately following the end of the roll-up period, then on that
  rider anniversary, the Benefit Base will be set equal to the greatest of the
  following, unless the automatic step-up feature has been suspended in which
  case, it will be set to the greater of the latter two values described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, (after all fees have been deducted,
     provided the automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the Benefit Base Multiplier, currently 200%, multiplied by the sum of
     (i) the Benefit Base on the rider date, and (ii) all subsequent premium
     payments received during the first rider year;

  .  the sum of (i) the Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus any
     premium payments since the prior rider anniversary and (ii) the roll-up
     amount for the prior rider year, if any.

   Assume that the Benefit Base Multiplier is 200% and that you have reached
 the rider anniversary following the end of the roll-up period, the youngest
 Covered Person has attained age 70 and you have not made any withdrawals.
 Assume further that, your Benefit Base as of your prior rider anniversary was
 $176,257, your Benefit Base on the rider date was $100,000, your Contract
 Value is $105,000, you have not made any subsequent premium payments after the
 rider date and the automatic step-up has not been suspended.

   Your Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be the
 greatest of the following:

  .  Contract Value = $105,000

  .  200% x Sum of (i) and (ii) = $200,000

     (i)Benefit Base on the rider date = $100,000

                                      35



    (ii)Subsequent premium payments = $0

  .  Sum of (i) and (ii) = $187,714
     (i)Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $176,257

    (ii)Roll-Up Amount for prior rider year = $176,257 x 6.5% = $11,457

  Your Benefit Base will be $200,000.
..  Assuming no withdrawals have been taken and the youngest Covered Person
   attained age 70 after the rider anniversary immediately following the end of
   the roll-up-period, then, on the next rider anniversary following the date
   the youngest Covered Person attains age 70, the Benefit Base will be set
   equal to the greatest of the following, unless the automatic step-up feature
   has been suspended in which case, it will be set to the greater of the
   latter two values described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, after all fees have been deducted,
     (provided the automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus any premium payments
     since the prior rider anniversary;

  .  the Benefit Base Multiplier, currently 200%, multiplied by the sum of
     (i) the Benefit Base on the rider date and (ii) all subsequent premium
     payments received during the first rider year.

   Assume that the Benefit Base Multiplier is 200% and that you reached the
 rider anniversary following the end of the roll-up period several years ago,
 but still have not made any withdrawals from the contract. However, the
 youngest Covered Person celebrated his 70/th/ birthday during the prior rider
 year. Assume further, your Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary was
 $180,000, your Benefit Base on the rider date was $100,000, your Contract
 Value is $105,000, you have not made any subsequent premium payments after the
 rider date and the automatic step-up has not been suspended.

   Your Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be the
 greatest of the following:

   .  Contract Value = $105,000

   .  Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $180,000

   .  200% x Sum of (i) and (ii) = $200,000

      (i) Benefit Base on the rider date = $100,000

      (ii) Subsequent premium payments = $0

   Your Benefit Base will be $200,000.

..  Each Rider Anniversary After the Earlier of the First Withdrawal and the
   Rider Anniversary Following the End of the Roll-Up Period (except Rider
   Anniversary next following youngest Covered Person's 70/th/ birthday
   occurring after the Rider Anniversary immediately following the end of the
   Roll-Up Period).

  On each rider anniversary after the earlier of the first withdrawal and the
  rider anniversary following the end of the roll-up period, we will
  re-calculate the Benefit Base. The Benefit Base will be set equal to the
  greater of the following unless the automatic step-up feature has been
  suspended, in which case it will be set to the second of the two values
  described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, after all fees have been deducted,
     (provided the automatic step-up feature, described below, has not been
     suspended); and

  .  the Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary adjusted for any
     withdrawals taken since the prior rider anniversary plus, if no
     withdrawals have been made, any premium payments made since the prior
     rider anniversary.

   Assume that you made a withdrawal from the contract. Assume further, your
 Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary was $106,500, your Contract Value is
 $110,000 and the automatic step-up has not been suspended.

   Your Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be the
 greater of the following:

   .  Contract Value = $110,000

   .  Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $106,500

   Your Benefit Base will be $110,000.

..  Automatic Step-Up Feature
  The Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector rider includes an automatic step-up
  feature. Like the roll-up feature, the automatic step-up feature allows for
  an increase in the Benefit Base. At set intervals, currently on each
  anniversary of the rider date, we will automatically compare the Contract
  Value, after deduction of all fees, to the Benefit Base then in effect; that
  is, the Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary and, if no withdrawals
  have been taken, any premium payments made since the prior rider anniversary
  and reduced by withdrawals as described in "Taking Withdrawals". If the
  Contract Value, after deduction of all fees, is greater than such Benefit
  Base, we will automatically increase, or "step-up" the Benefit Base to equal
  the Contract Value. Any step-up occurs after any roll-up as described above.
  You should know the fee percentage for the rider may be increased if we
  step-up the Benefit Base. If you do not decline the automatic step-up, you
  will pay the current rider fee then in effect beginning on the date of any
  automatic step-up of the Benefit Base. You can decline the step up and any
  associated fee increase by contacting us no later than seven days prior to
  the rider anniversary. If you decline the step-up, the automatic step-up will
  not occur and the automatic step-up feature will be suspended immediately. If
  you decline an automatic step-up in the Benefit Base, we will continue to
  calculate any roll-ups as described above. Assuming your rider is still in
  effect at the next step-up interval, you may reactivate the automatic step-up
  option by contacting us at the phone number or address provided on the first
  page of the prospectus.

..  Taking Withdrawals
  The following section describes how taking withdrawals may impact the Benefit
  Base. Prior to the Benefit Eligibility

                                      36



  Date, a withdrawal will reduce the Benefit Base by the same proportion as
  Contract Value is reduced by the withdrawal. If the Benefit Base is greater
  than the Contract Value at the time of the withdrawal, the withdrawal will
  reduce the Benefit Base by more than the withdrawal amount as shown in the
  example below. Then, on the Benefit Eligibility Date, which is generally the
  date the youngest Covered Person attains age 60, if the single life option is
  in effect or the date the younger spouse attains age 65, if the spousal life
  option is in effect, we will calculate the Annual Benefit Amount using the
  reduced Benefit Base.

   Assume the Contract Value is $50,000 and the Benefit Base is $75,000. A
 withdrawal of $5,000 is made prior to the Benefit Eligibility Date. The
 Contract Value is reduced by 10% ($5,000/$50,000) as a result of the
 withdrawal. Therefore, the Benefit Base is reduced by 10% or $7,500. The new
 Benefit Base is $75,000 - $7,500 = $67,500.

  After you reach the Benefit Eligibility Date, whether withdrawals will reduce
  the Benefit Base depends on whether cumulative withdrawals in any rider year
  exceed the Annual Benefit Amount as described below. The Annual Benefit
  Amount is not available to you for withdrawals or payments unless you have
  reached the Benefit Eligibility Date.

  .  If cumulative withdrawals in any rider year after the Benefit Eligibility
     Date do not exceed the Annual Benefit Amount then in effect, the Benefit
     Base will not be reduced.

  .  If a withdrawal causes the cumulative withdrawals in any rider year after
     the Benefit Eligibility Date to exceed the Annual Benefit Amount, the
     amount withdrawn in excess of the Annual Benefit Amount and any subsequent
     withdrawals in that rider year are all considered excess withdrawals. Each
     excess withdrawal will reduce the Benefit Base in the same proportion as
     the Contract Value is reduced by the excess withdrawal. This reduction in
     the Benefit Base reduces the amount of future permitted withdrawals and
     may also reduce any amount available for guaranteed payments if the
     Contract Value goes to zero.

  .  You should know that, currently, withdrawals taken after the Benefit
     Eligibility Date to meet Required Minimum Distribution requirements as
     defined by the Internal Revenue Code are not considered to exceed the
     Annual Benefit Amount and therefore do not reduce the Benefit Base.
     However, we may change this rule at our discretion in which case such
     withdrawals taken following this change may be considered excess
     withdrawals as described below.

  For IRA and qualified plan contracts, cumulative withdrawals in a rider year
after the Benefit Eligibility Date will be considered excess withdrawals only
if they exceed the greatest of (a), (b) and (c), where:

(a) = thecurrent Annual Benefit Amount;

(b) = theRMD for the 1/st/ calendar year during the rider year; and

(c) = theRMD for the 2/nd/ calendar year during the same rider year.

  Sample calculations showing the effect of a withdrawal that is equal to the
Annual Benefit Amount and then a withdrawal that is more than the Annual
Benefit Amount

   Assume that your Contract Value is $100,000 and your Benefit Base is
 $120,000. Assume you are making your first withdrawal and that you have
 already reached the Benefit Eligibility Date.

   Since this is your first withdrawal (and it is occurring after the Benefit
 Eligibility Date), the Annual Benefit Percentage is determined by the youngest
 Covered Person's attained age on the date of first withdrawal. Assume this
 Annual Benefit Percentage is 5%. The Annual Benefit Amount therefore is
 $6,000, which is 5% multiplied by the Benefit Base (5% times $120,000). Now
 assume that the withdrawal amount is $6,000. Since your cumulative withdrawals
 during the rider year have not exceeded the Annual Benefit Amount, the amount
 withdrawn is not considered to be an excess withdrawal and there is no
 adjustment to your Benefit Base. So your Contract Value will decrease to
 $94,000 as a result of your withdrawal, but your Benefit Base will remain at
 $120,000.

   Assume that later that rider year, you withdraw an additional $10,000 and
 that the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $96,000. Your Contract
 Value would reduce to $86,000 as a result of the second withdrawal. Your
 cumulative withdrawals for the year are now $16,000, which exceeds your Annual
 Benefit Amount by $10,000. The excess withdrawal reduced your Contract Value
 by 10.42% ($10,000 divided by $96,000), and accordingly, your Benefit Base is
 reduced by 10.42%, from $120,000 to $107,500. Your Annual Benefit Amount would
 be recalculated as 5% of $107,500 or $5,375.

  You should know that withdrawals from the contract have other potential
consequences, including potential imposition of surrender charges and premium
taxes, and federal income tax consequences. Withdrawals, including withdrawals
taken to meet Required Minimum Distribution requirements that do not exceed the
Annual Benefit Amount are considered to be within the contract's free
withdrawal amount. However, withdrawals above the Annual Benefit Amount,
including withdrawals taken to meet Required Minimum Distribution requirements,
are subject to any surrender charges imposed under the contract. Please see
"Surrender of Contract and Withdrawals" and "Federal Income Taxes" for more
information.

Extended Care Enhancement
  The Extended Care Enhancement is an optional feature available with the
Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector rider that allows for an increase in the
Annual Benefit Amount when the Covered Person is confined to a nursing home,
and meets the conditions specified below. As with other benefits

                                      37



provided by the rider, this benefit is available only on and after the Benefit
Eligibility Date. This feature is subject to state availability.

Conditions
  We will increase the Annual Benefit Amount when the Covered Person has been
confined to a nursing home as defined below for a least one day of the rider
year, and has met the elimination period and waiting period requirements. This
increase in the Annual Benefit Amount lasts for the same amount of time the
Covered Person is confined and is calculated as described below. To meet the
elimination period requirements, the Covered Person must have been confined to
a nursing home for at least 180 consecutive days within the last 365 days. To
meet the waiting period requirements, the Covered Person must not have been
confined to a nursing home 12 months before the rider date and twelve months
following the rider date. If you are confined to a nursing home during the
waiting period, you will never be eligible for benefits under the Extended Care
Enhancement.

  .  A nursing home is a facility that is licensed to operate pursuant to the
     laws and regulations of the state in which is it located as a nursing home
     to provide 24-hour convalescent and related nursing care services 7 days a
     week by an on-site registered nurse on a continuing inpatient basis for
     persons who are chronically ill or who otherwise require assistance in
     performing the basic activities of daily living. The facility must provide
     care prescribed by a physician and performed or supervised by a registered
     graduate nurse. In addition the facility must have a planned program of
     policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically
     reviewed by, at least one physician.

  .  A nursing home does not include a hospital (acute care), a rehabilitation
     hospital, an assisted living facility, a facility for the treatment of
     alcoholism, drug addiction, mental illness, or nervous disorders, a rest
     home (a home for the aged or a retirement home), a residential care
     facility, or any other facility which does not, as its primary function,
     provide assistance in performing the basic activities of daily living.

  No benefits under the Extended Care Enhancement feature will be provided if
other similar benefits have been purchased through the Company, or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates.

  If the Extended Care Enhancement feature is in effect, and you have met the
above conditions, we will determine the Annual Benefit Amount by multiplying
the Benefit Base by a specified percentage, currently 200%, multiplied by the
Annual Benefit Amount Percentage. When the Covered Person is no longer confined
to a nursing home, we will reduce the Annual Benefit Amount to that which is
ordinarily provided under the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Benefit.

Payment of the Annual Benefit Amount when the Contract Value is greater than
zero
  The Annual Benefit Amount is not available to you before the Benefit
Eligibility Date. After you reach the Benefit Eligibility Date, you may take
withdrawals equal to the Annual Benefit Amount each year the Contract Value is
greater than zero. You can establish a Systematic Withdrawal Program for
payments equal to a specified amount or can request payments according to your
own schedule. See "Systematic Withdrawal Program" for additional details about
how to use this program and the program's restrictions.

Payment of the Annual Benefit Amount when the Contract Value is zero
  The Annual Benefit Amount is not available to you before the Benefit
Eligibility Date. If, when the Contract Value goes to zero, the Benefit Base is
greater than zero, then, one month after the later of the date the Contract
Value goes to zero and the Benefit Eligibility Date, we will begin to pay you
equal monthly payments of an amount that will equal the Annual Benefit Amount
divided by twelve. We will make these payments under the single life option or
spousal life option, whichever you selected at the time you purchased the
rider. For the single life option, all Covered Persons must be living on the
date we make the first payment, and for the spousal life option, at least one
spouse must be living. Payments will continue until the first death of any
Covered Person(s) for the single life option, or until the death of the
surviving spouse for the spousal life option. We may change the payment
frequency to annual if a monthly payment would be otherwise less than any
minimum payment requirement.

Maximum Maturity Date Benefit
  If your Contract Value is greater than zero and you cannot extend the
maturity date of the contract any later, this rider allows you to exchange the
Contract Value for lifetime payments equal to the Annual Benefit Amount in lieu
of applying the Contract Value to one of the annuity payment options offered
under the contract. Otherwise, your contract will enter the annuity period and
you may choose any of the annuity options then available. See "The Annuity
Period".

Termination of Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Benefit
  The rider will terminate without value on the date the first of any of the
following events occur:

1.any Covered Person is changed;

2.annuity payments begin under an annuity payment option as described in the
  contract;

3.the contract, to which the rider is attached, terminates;

4.the owner elects to terminate the rider;

5.any portion of the Contract Value is no longer invested in one of the
  approved asset allocation programs;

6.the Contract Value and Benefit Base are both reduced to zero;

7.any Covered Person under the single life option, or the surviving Covered
  Person under the spousal life option dies; or

8.you assign any rights or interest in the rider.

  Once the rider is terminated it cannot be reinstated and the pro rata portion
of the rider fee will be deducted from the Contract Value on the date the rider
terminates.

                                      38



Special Risks Associated with Withdrawals
  The following chart demonstrates special risks that are associated with
taking withdrawals when the Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector is attached
to a contract when the Contract Value and Benefit Base are both greater than
zero. Whether or not a withdrawal is considered "permitted" or "excess" is
described in the section "Taking Withdrawals", in the description of the
Benefit Base. Also, withdrawals taken prior to the Benefit Eligibility Date can
negatively affect the value of the rider. See "Taking Withdrawals" in the
description of the Benefit Base. When the Contract Value is reduced to zero,
lifetime payments will begin and withdrawals are no longer allowed from the
contract.



                                                                                                         Permitted    Excess
Scenario                                                                                 No Withdrawals Withdrawals Withdrawals
- --------                                                                                 -------------- ----------- -----------
                                                                                                           
Automatic Contract Value reduction......................................................                     X           X
Reduction to Benefit Base...............................................................                                 X
Gives you the highest potential Annual Benefit Amount available under the rider/1/......       X
Cancels your ability to have subsequent premium payments automatically increase the
  Benefit Base..........................................................................                     X           X
Cancels your ability to "roll-up" and increase your Benefit Base........................                     X           X
Reduces the likelihood of an automatic step-up/2/.......................................                     X           X
Premium payments increase the Benefit Base..............................................       X
Potential to terminate the rider without value if reduces the Contract Value to zero....                                 X
Permanently sets the Annual Benefit Percentage..........................................                     X           X
Permanently sets the Annual Benefit Amount if the Contract Value is reduced to zero and
  the Benefit Base is greater than zero.................................................                     X
Potential surrender charges.............................................................                                 X
Potential premium taxes and/or federal income tax consequences..........................                     X           X

- -----------------
/1/ The potential Annual Benefit Amount is greatest if at the end of the
    roll-up period, no withdrawals have been made and the youngest Covered
    Person has attained the Benefit Base Multiplier Age.
/2/ In order to obtain an automatic step-up, your Contract Value must be
    greater than your Benefit Base on the rider anniversary. If you make
    withdrawals, your Contract Value will automatically decline, therefore
    reducing the likelihood that your Contract Value will be greater than your
    Benefit Base on your next rider anniversary, thus also reducing the
    likelihood that you will be able to step-up your Benefit Base.

Phoenix Retirement Protector: A Flexible Combination Benefit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary of Benefit
  You may purchase the Phoenix Retirement Protector for an additional charge.
Currently, this benefit is only available for purchase at the time you buy the
contract and you may only purchase one Optional Living Benefit with the
contract.

  Phoenix Retirement Protector combines two different guarantees into one
rider: (i) a guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit ("GMAB"), and (ii) a
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit ("GMWB"). In addition, you may select an
optional guaranteed minimum death benefit ("GMDB") with the Phoenix Retirement
Protector for an additional charge. When you elect the Phoenix Retirement
Protector, the GMAB and GMWB components are automatically included. You must
elect the GMDB component to be included as part of the rider at the time you
purchase the contract. By purchasing this rider, you are able to obtain a GMAB
and a GMWB through the same contract. This may be appropriate if, at the time
you purchase your contract you want to be able to use the contract either for
maximum accumulation or for maximum ability to provide payments; however, you
should know that certain actions which have a positive impact on one component
of the benefit may have a negative impact on another component of the benefit.
As a result, you should carefully consider the impacts of various events and
transactions on each benefit component.

  Additionally, some of the terms and features of the GMAB and GMWB components
of this benefit are different from the individually offered GMAB and GMWB
riders.

..  For example, the GMAB component offered under Phoenix Retirement Protector
   provides for a step-up of the GMAB Benefit Base and a new 10-year GMAB
   waiting period at the end of each GMAB waiting period; the stand-alone GMAB
   rider does not provide for a step-up and only provides the initial 10-year
   waiting period. You might want to consider the GMAB component offered under
   Phoenix Retirement Protector if you want the opportunity to lock-in market
   gains or if you have a longer investment horizon and could potentially
   benefit from multiple waiting periods. However, if you simply want a return
   of first-year premium at the end of the initial 10-year waiting period, then
   the individually offered GMAB may be more appropriate for you.

..  For example, the GMWB component offered under Phoenix Retirement Protector
   provides for a lifetime and a non-lifetime Annual Benefit Amount and allows
   you to choose between lifetime and non-lifetime payments when the contract
   value is reduced to zero; the stand-alone GMWB rider only provides a
   lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. You might want to consider the GMWB
   component offered under Phoenix Retirement Protector if you want the
   flexibility to guarantee lifetime income payments or income payments over a
   specified period of time or if you want the flexibility to defer the decision

                                      39



 between lifetime and non-lifetime payments to the date the Contract Value is
  reduced to zero. However, if you know that you won't have a need for
  non-lifetime income payments, then the individually offered GMWB may be more
  appropriate for you.

..  In addition, if, on the date your contract is issued, you don't know what
   your future accumulation and/or income needs may be, Phoenix Retirement
   Protector may be appropriate for you because it provides a GMAB and GMWB
   through the same contract and allows you to defer the decision between
   accumulation and income. However, if, on the issue date, you know what your
   future accumulation or income needs will be (and you know you won't have a
   need for both accumulation and income benefits), then the individually
   offered GMWB or GMAB may be more appropriate for you.

..  The fee is also different for the individually offered GMWB and GMAB riders
   as compared to Phoenix Retirement Protector.

  The basic benefits and risks of each component of Phoenix Retirement
Protector are described below and the sections that follow provide more
detailed descriptions of how the benefits are calculated.

The GMAB Component
  The GMAB component of Phoenix Retirement Protector guarantees a return of a
specified percentage of premium after a waiting period regardless of the
performance of the asset allocation program(s) in which your premiums and
Contract Value have been invested. This feature may be important to you if you
are interested in maximizing your Contract Value during the accumulation
period. The GMAB does not in any way guarantee the performance of any of the
investment choices under the contract. Due to the potential negative effects of
withdrawals on this benefit, you should know that this benefit may have limited
usefulness if the contract is subject to the IRS minimum distribution
requirements. As a result, you should consult with your tax adviser before
selecting a rider with a GMAB feature.

The GMWB Component
  The GMWB component guarantees a minimum amount in payments or withdrawals
from the contract provided you remain within certain restrictions and
limitations which are described below. When you elect this benefit you choose
whether to take withdrawals and payments under the single life option, or the
spousal life option. Once you make this election, you cannot change it. This
choice affects the amount of benefit you may be entitled to receive at various
ages and, once your Contract Value goes to zero, the life for which benefit
payments will be made.

Contract Value is greater than zero: Guaranteed Withdrawals
  While the Contract Value is greater than zero, if you have met the GMWB's
terms and conditions, the GMWB component guarantees that you can make
withdrawals from the contract each year up to the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit
Amount, or the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount, as these terms are defined
below. The Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount becomes available for withdrawals
on the rider date. The Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount is not available for
withdrawals until the date the youngest Covered Person covered by the rider
reaches a particular age, which is currently age 60 for the single life option
and age 65 for the spousal life option. We call this date the GMWB Benefit
Eligibility Date. The Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount equals a percentage,
currently 7% multiplied by a value we call the "GMWB Benefit Base". The
Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount equals a percentage we call the "Lifetime Annual
Benefit Percentage" multiplied by the GMWB Benefit Base or, if the first
withdrawal occurs prior to the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date, by the lesser of
the GMWB Benefit Base and the Contract Value. The Lifetime Annual Benefit
Percentage ranges from 0%-7% based on the attained age of the youngest Covered
Person on the date of the first withdrawal.

  Withdrawals from the contract affect the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount,
the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount, and the GMWB Benefit Base differently. We
have provided a brief summary below. See the "Taking Withdrawals" sections in
the description of the GMWB Component for a fuller discussion of the impact of
withdrawals.

..  Certain types of withdrawals will not impact the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit
   Amount or the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. Cumulative withdrawals in any
   rider year within the Non-Lifetime Benefit Amount taken before or after the
   GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date do not reduce the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit
   Amount. Cumulative withdrawals in any rider year within the Lifetime Annual
   Benefit Amount, once you have reached the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date, do
   not reduce the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount.

..  Certain types of withdrawals will impact the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit
   Amount or the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount.

  .  Cumulative withdrawals in any rider year taken before or after the GMWB
     Benefit Eligibility Date in excess of the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit
     Amount reduce the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in the same
     proportion as the Contract Value is reduced by the excess amount of the
     withdrawals.

  .  Withdrawals taken prior to the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date affect the
     Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in several ways. If you take a withdrawal
     from the Contract prior to the GMWB Eligibility Date we will permanently
     set the Lifetime Annual Benefit Percentage to 5% on the GMWB Benefit
     Eligibility Date. You may also reduce the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
     that becomes available to you on the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date because
     we will use a different calculation to determine the Lifetime Annual
     Benefit Amount than we would have used had a withdrawal not been taken.
     Additionally, withdrawals taken prior to the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date
     will reduce your GMWB Benefit Base and we will use the lesser of this
     reduced GMWB Benefit Base and the Contract Value in calculating the
     Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount on the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date.

                                      40



  .  Cumulative withdrawals in any rider year taken after the GMWB Benefit
     Eligibility Date in excess of the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount reduce
     the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in the same proportion as the Contract
     Value is reduced by the excess amount of the withdrawals.

  Regardless of when a withdrawal is taken, withdrawals reduce the GMWB Benefit
Base either by the dollar amount of the withdrawal or by the same proportion as
the Contract Value is reduced by the withdrawal. (See the "Taking Withdrawals"
section in the description of the GMWB Component.)

  The GMWB Benefit Base, and ultimately the Non-Lifetime and Lifetime Annual
Benefit Amounts, may be increased by premium payments and certain features of
the GMWB. We have described how premium payments, features of the rider, and
withdrawals affect the benefit in the section "GMWB Component" below.

  Like Phoenix Flexible Withdrawal Protector, an alternative GMWB available
under this contract, this benefit does not prevent you from taking withdrawals
from the contract at any time; however, taking withdrawals prior to the GMWB
Benefit Eligibility Date or in excess of the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount may
significantly reduce or eliminate the value of the lifetime guarantees provided
by the GMWB component of Phoenix Retirement Protector as described above and in
the chart of "Special Risks Associated with Withdrawals" at the end of this
section. You should know that withdrawals from the contract have other
potential consequences, including potential imposition of surrender charges and
premium taxes, and federal income tax consequences. Withdrawals that do not
exceed the greater of the Non-Lifetime and Lifetime Annual Benefit Amounts,
including withdrawals taken to meet Required Minimum Distributions, are
considered to be within the contract's free withdrawal amount and are not
subject to surrender charges under the contract. However, withdrawals,
including withdrawals taken to meet Required Minimum Distributions, that exceed
the greater of the Non-Lifetime and Lifetime Annual Benefit Amounts, as defined
below and the contract's free withdrawal amount are subject to any surrender
charges imposed under the contract. Please see "Surrender of Contract and
Withdrawals" and "Federal Income Taxes" for more information.

Contract Value is reduced to zero: Guaranteed Payments
  If your Contract Value goes to zero and you have met the conditions of the
benefit, the contract and all rights under the contract and rider terminate,
and you must choose between lifetime or non-lifetime payments. You should know
that the GMWB component does not provide a lifetime benefit amount prior to the
GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date.

  If both the lifetime and non-lifetime options are available to you and you
choose lifetime payments, we will pay you the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
each year until the first death of a Covered Person under the single life
option or until the death of the surviving spouse under the spousal life
option. If you choose non-lifetime payments, we will pay you the Non-Lifetime
Annual Benefit Amount until the GMWB Benefit Base is reduced to zero.

GMDB Component
  As noted above, the Phoenix Retirement Protector offers a guaranteed minimum
death benefit (GMDB) component which you can elect for an additional fee. The
benefit provides a higher GMDB than is provided under the contract so long as
the GMDB Benefit Base under the rider exceeds the GMDB under the contract. You
may wish to consider this benefit if your goal is to provide a higher death
benefit.

Asset Allocation or Strategic Program Requirement
  If you purchase Phoenix Retirement Protector, you must select one of the
approved asset allocation programs when allocating your premium payments and
Contract Value. You should consult with your registered representative when you
initially select a program and periodically review your program with your
registered representative to determine if you need to change programs. You may,
at any time, switch your current program to another approved program the
Company may make available; however, the fee for the rider may vary depending
on the program or option you choose. See the table of "Optional Benefit Fees"
for details. We reserve the right to restrict availability of investment
options.

  Although you may cancel your participation in a program, you should consult
your registered representative before doing so, as canceling out of programs
altogether will cause the rider to terminate without value. You may request to
later re-enroll in a program however re-enrollment will not reinstate the
Phoenix Retirement Protector rider. If a program is eliminated while the rider
is in effect, we will provide you notice and you must choose among the other
approved programs available by working with your registered representative to
make an appropriate selection and returning the form we require to the Annuity
Operations Division. Descriptions of the programs are found in "Asset
Allocation and Strategic Programs" above.

Important Terms and Conditions related to Phoenix Retirement Protector
  Currently, we offer this benefit only at the time you buy a contract. As a
result, the rider date is the same as the contract date and rider years are the
same as contract years.

(i) Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("GMAB") Component
  The GMAB component of the rider guarantees a return of a specified percentage
of premiums after each GMAB Waiting Period. A GMAB Waiting Period represents
the period of time that must elapse before you qualify for benefits under the
GMAB component of the rider. Currently, the GMAB Waiting Period is 10 years,
measured from the rider date. The amount of the benefit available after the
waiting period depends on the relationship of the Contract Value to a value we
call the "GMAB Benefit Base", which is described below. After the initial GMAB
Waiting Period, we will automatically compare the GMAB Benefit Base to the
Contract Value after all fees
have been deducted. If the GMAB Benefit Base is greater than the Contract Value
after all fees have been deducted, we will add an additional amount to your
Contract Value and therefore your new Contract Value will equal the GMAB
Benefit Base. Whenever such addition occurs, a new GMAB Waiting Period

                                      41



begins. In addition, you may elect to increase, or "step-up" the GMAB Benefit
Base as specified below. A new GMAB Waiting Period also begins when you step-up
the GMAB Benefit Base. Each new GMAB Waiting Period supersedes any GMAB Waiting
Period already in progress and delays the time when we will determine if an
additional amount will be added to the Contract Value.

GMAB Benefit Base
  As noted above, we compare the Contract Value to the GMAB Benefit Base to
determine if an additional amount will be added to the Contract Value at the
end of each GMAB Waiting Period. Assuming the rider was issued on the date the
contract was issued, the GMAB Benefit Base is equal to the initial premium
payment. Thereafter, the GMAB Benefit Base is re-calculated whenever certain
triggering events occur. Generally speaking, the GMAB Benefit Base will be
increased by a percentage of subsequent premium payments, and may be increased
by the elective step up feature. Under no circumstances will the GMAB Benefit
Base ever exceed a maximum amount equal to 500% of subsequent premiums in the
first rider year, plus 100% of other subsequent premiums. The GMAB Benefit Base
will be set equal to zero on the date the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Events and features causing recalculation of the GMAB Benefit Base

..  Premium Payments Received After the Rider Date
  The GMAB Benefit Base will be increased by 100% of any premium payment
  received after the rider date and within the first rider year in each GMAB
  Waiting Period. Premiums received following the first rider anniversary
  within each GMAB Waiting Period do not increase the GMAB Benefit Base.

  Sample calculation showing the effect of subsequent premium payments on GMAB
Benefit Base

   Assume the rider date is June 12, 2009 and that your initial premium payment
 on the rider date is $100,000. Your GMAB Benefit Base is set equal to $100,000.

   Assume that you make an additional premium payment of $10,000 on August 24,
 2009. Since this premium payment was made in the first year during the GMAB
 Waiting Period, 100% of the premium payment is added to the GMAB Benefit Base.
 Thus the GMAB Benefit Base is increased to $110,000.

   Assume that you make another premium payment of $10,000 on April 5, 2012.
 Also assume that you have not made an elective GMAB Step-Up since the rider
 date. Since this premium payment was made in the third year during the GMAB
 Waiting Period, the GMAB Benefit Base is not increased.
..  Elective GMAB Step-Up
  You may elect to increase, or "step up" the GMAB Benefit Base each rider year
  when the Contract Value is greater than the GMAB Benefit Base. To elect to
  step up the GMAB Benefit Base, you must notify us of this election at least 7
  days before the end of the rider year. Then we will increase the GMAB Benefit
  Base to equal the Contract Value on the rider anniversary and a new GMAB
  Waiting Period will begin. If the GMWB automatic step-up has been suspended
  (see "Automatic Step-Up Feature" under Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
  Component below), you may not elect the GMAB step-up until you have
  reactivated the GMWB automatic step-up.

  Sample calculation showing the effect of the elective GMAB Step-Up

   Assume the rider date is June 12, 2009 and that your initial premium payment
 on the rider date is $100,000. Your GMAB Benefit Base is set equal to $100,000.

   Assume that as you approach your June 12, 2015 rider anniversary, you wish
 to make an elective GMAB Step-Up because your Contract Value has increased
 since the rider date. Assume that you provide notice more than seven days
 prior to this anniversary of your request to step up and that you have not
 opted out of the GMWB step-ups.

   Assume that on June 12, 2015 that Contract Value is $170,000. Since you have
 elected a GMAB step-up, your GMAB Benefit Base is increased to $170,000 and
 you begin a new GMAB Waiting Period.

   Assume that you make an additional premium payment of $10,000 on August 24,
 2015. Since this premium payment was made in the first rider year of the
 current GMAB Waiting Period, the GMAB Benefit Base is increased by the amount
 of the premium payment. Thus the GMAB Benefit Base is increased to $180,000.

..  First Day Following the End of Each GMAB Waiting Period
  On the first day following the end of each GMAB Waiting Period, if the GMAB
  Benefit Base is less than the Contract Value, the GMAB Benefit Base will be
  set equal to the Contact Value, after all fees have been deducted.

..  Withdrawals from the Contract
  On the date of any withdrawal from the contract, the GMAB Benefit Base will
  be reduced in the same proportion as the Contract Value is reduced by the
  withdrawal.

  Sample calculation showing the effect of withdrawals on the GMAB Benefit Base

   Assume the rider date is June 12, 2009 and that your initial premium payment
 on the rider date is $100,000. Your GMAB Benefit Base is set equal to $100,000.

   Assume you make a withdrawal of $14,000 on September 7, 2015 and that your
 Contract Value on that date was $140,000. In this case, the reduction in
 Contract Value is 10% ($14,000 divided by $140,000), and accordingly, your
 GMAB Benefit Base is reduced by 10% to $90,000 ($100,000* 10% = $10,000 and
 $100,000 - $10,000 = $90,000).

Important Considerations Regarding These Events
  If your intention is to obtain the benefit provided by the GMAB component at
the earliest possible date, you need to complete the initial GMAB Waiting
Period, currently ten years.

                                      42



This means that: (1) your initial premium plus subsequent premium payments made
in the first rider year is the amount that you wish to guarantee; and (2) you
should not make subsequent premium payments after the first rider year or elect
to step up your GMAB Benefit Base in the first ten rider years. You should also
understand that although making additional premium payments after the first
rider year may reduce the benefit that could be paid at the end of the initial
GMAB waiting period, they have the potential to increase the GMAB Benefit Base
(elective GMAB Step-Up) and the GMWB Benefit Base. You should work with your
registered representative to determine what decision best suits your financial
needs.

(ii) Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") Component
  The GMWB component of this rider provides for a lifetime and non-lifetime
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit. On the rider date, you must choose
between the single life option and the spousal life option and you cannot
change your election. On the date the Contract Value is reduced to zero, you
must choose between lifetime and non-lifetime payments.

  The following terms are important to an understanding of this component.

  "Annual Benefit Percentage" is a percentage we use to determine the Annual
Benefit Amount. The Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Percentage is currently 7%. For
the Lifetime Annual Benefit Percentage, the percentage varies by age as shown
below and is established on the date you make the first withdrawal from the
contract. If your first withdrawal is prior to the GMWB Benefit Eligibility
Date (youngest Covered Person's 60/th/ birthday for the single life option or
65/th/ birthday for the spousal life option), this percentage is permanently
set to 5% on the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date.



        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                Lifetime                    Lifetime
            Single Life      Annual Benefit Spousal Life Annual Benefit
           Attained Age        Percentage   Attained Age   Percentage
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                
                <60                0%           <65            0%
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
               60-74               5%          65-74           5%
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
               75-84               6%          75-84           6%
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                85+                7%           85+            7%
        ---------------------------------------------------------------


  "Covered Person(s)" means the person(s) whose life is used to determine the
duration of lifetime payments. A Covered Person must be a natural person.

  For the single life option, the Covered Person can be one or more lives. If
there is one natural person owner, the owner is the Covered Person. If there
are multiple natural person owners, all owners are Covered Persons. If the
owner is a non-natural person, all annuitants named in the contract become the
Covered Persons.

  For the spousal life option, Covered Persons must be two legal spouses under
federal law. If there is one natural person owner, the owner and the owner's
spouse must be the Covered Persons. The spouse must be the sole beneficiary. If
there are two spousal owners, the Covered Persons are the spousal owners, and
they must both be each other's beneficiary. If there are multiple non-spousal
owners, or if the owner is a non-natural person, the spousal life option is not
allowed.

  "GMWB Benefit Base" is the amount established for the sole purpose of
determining the Lifetime and Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. As noted
above, while the Contract Value is greater than zero, the Lifetime or
Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount is the amount available for withdrawals.
When the Contract Value goes to zero the Lifetime or Non-Lifetime Annual
Benefit Amount is the amount we will pay to you each year.

  On the rider date, the GMWB Benefit Base is equal to the initial premium.
Thereafter, the GWMB Benefit Base is recalculated whenever certain triggering
events occur. Generally speaking, assuming no withdrawals have been taken, the
GMWB Benefit Base will be increased by additional premium payments, and may be
increased as a result of the roll-up and step-up features. Additionally, the
GMWB Benefit Base may be increased at a particular rider anniversary following
the end of the roll-up period by an aspect of the roll-up feature we call the
Benefit Base Multiplier. We describe events and features causing recalculation
of the GMWB Benefit Base below. Under no circumstances will the GMWB Benefit
Base ever exceed a maximum amount. This maximum amount is the sum of 500% of
the initial premium plus 500% of subsequent premiums in the first rider year,
plus 100% of other subsequent premiums. We will reduce the GMWB Benefit Base
for any withdrawals from the contract. The amount of the reduction depends on
whether cumulative withdrawals in a rider year exceed the Non-Lifetime Annual
Benefit Amount. If they do not exceed this amount, we will reduce the GMWB
Benefit Base by the dollar amount of each withdrawal. If they do exceed the
Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount, we will reduce the GMWB Benefit Base by the
same proportion as the Contract Value is reduced by the amount of the
withdrawal in excess of the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount.

  "GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date" means the date your Lifetime Annual Benefit
Amount becomes available to you.

  .  For the single life option, the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date is the later
     of the rider date and the date the youngest Covered Person, as defined
     below, attains age 60.

  .  For the spousal life option, the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date is the
     later of the rider date and the date the youngest Covered Person attains
     age 65. For the spousal life option, if either spouse dies prior to the
     GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date, we will reset the GMWB Benefit Eligibility
     Date to the later of the date of the first spousal death, and the date the
     surviving spouse attains age 65.

The Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
  The Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount represents two distinct values,
depending on whether your Contract Value is greater than zero, or whether it
has reduced to zero. While your Contract Value is greater than zero, the
Non-Lifetime

                                      43



Annual Benefit Amount represents the maximum amount you can withdraw each year
without reducing your Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. If your Contract
Value is reduced to zero, and non-lifetime payments are elected, the
Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount represents the annual amount we will pay you
until the GMWB Benefit Base is reduced to zero.

  On the rider date, the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount is equal to a
percentage of the GMWB Benefit Base. We call this percentage the "Non-Lifetime
Annual Benefit Percentage". The percentage for your rider is shown on the rider
specification page and is currently 7%. We may change this percentage in the
future and this change would affect riders issued beginning on the date we make
the change. After the rider date, the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount is
recalculated whenever any of the following triggering events occur.

Events causing recalculation of the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
..  GMWB Automatic Step-Ups or GMWB Roll-Ups
  Each year when a GMWB automatic step-up or GMWB roll-up occurs, the
  Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount will be equal to the greater of the
  Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in effect prior to the GMWB automatic
  step-up; and the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Percentage multiplied by the
  GMWB Benefit Base after any step-up or roll-up calculation.

..  Premium Payments Received After the Rider Date
  If we receive premium payments after the rider date, and no withdrawals have
  been made from the contract, then we will increase the Non-Lifetime Annual
  Benefit Amount on the date we apply premium payments. The amount of this
  increase is determined by multiplying the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit
  Percentage by the amount of the premium payment. However, if you then take
  withdrawals from the contract in excess of the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit
  Amount, we will reduce the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount as described in
  "Taking Withdrawals" below.

  If any withdrawals have been made from the contract on or prior to our
receipt of an additional premium, we will not increase the GMWB Benefit Base as
a result of premium payments made after such withdrawal.

..  Taking Withdrawals
  The following section describes how taking withdrawals will impact the
  Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. The Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
  may be the only benefit amount available to you under the GMWB component
  unless you have reached the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date, which is generally
  the date the youngest Covered Person attains age 60 if the single life option
  is in effect, or the date the younger spouse attains age 65, if the spousal
  life option is in effect.

  .  Taking withdrawals from the contract may impact the Non-Lifetime Annual
     Benefit Amount depending on whether they exceed the Non-Lifetime Annual
     Benefit Amount. If cumulative withdrawals in any rider year do not exceed
     the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in that year, the Non-Lifetime
     Annual Benefit Amount will not be reduced.

  .  If a withdrawal causes the cumulative withdrawals in any rider year to
     exceed the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount, the amount withdrawn in
     excess of the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount and any subsequent
     withdrawals in that rider year are all considered Non-Lifetime excess
     withdrawals. Each non-lifetime excess withdrawal will reduce the
     Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in the same proportion as the Contract
     Value is reduced by the non-lifetime excess withdrawal.

  .  You should know that, currently, withdrawals taken at any time to meet
     Required Minimum Distribution requirements as defined by the Internal
     Revenue Code do not reduce the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount.
     However, we may change this rule at our discretion in which case such
     withdrawals taken following this change may be considered excess
     withdrawals as described below.

  For IRA and qualified plan contracts, cumulative withdrawals during a rider
year will be considered non-lifetime excess withdrawals only if they exceed the
greatest of (a), (b) and (c), where:

(a) = the current Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount;

(b) = the RMD for the 1st calendar year during the rider year; and

(c) = the RMD for the 2nd calendar year during the same rider year.

  Withdrawals from the contract have other potential consequences, including
potential imposition of surrender charges and premium taxes, and federal income
tax consequences. Withdrawals, including withdrawals taken to meet Required
Minimum Distribution requirements that do not exceed the greater of the
Non-Lifetime and Lifetime Annual Benefit Amounts are considered to be within
the contract's free withdrawal amount. However, withdrawals that exceed the
greater of the Non-Lifetime and Lifetime Annual Benefit Amounts, including
withdrawals taken to meet Required Minimum Distribution requirements, are
subject to any surrender charges imposed under the contract. Please see
"Surrender of Contract and Withdrawals" and "Federal Income Taxes" for more
information.

The Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
  The Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount is not available until you reach the GMWB
Benefit Eligibility Date which is generally the date the youngest Covered
Person attains age 60 if the single life option is in effect, or the date the
younger spouse attains age 65, if the spousal life option is in effect. Like
the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount, the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
represents two distinct values, depending on whether your Contract Value is
greater than zero, or whether it has reduced to zero. While your Contract Value
is greater than zero, the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount represents the

                                      44



maximum amount you can withdraw each year after the GMWB Benefit Eligibility
Date without reducing your Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. If your Contract
Value is reduced to zero, and lifetime payments are elected, the Lifetime
Annual Benefit Amount represents the annual lifetime amount we will pay after
the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date.

  We first calculate the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount on the later of the
date of the first withdrawal and the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date as described
below. As a result, if you take a withdrawal before the GMWB Benefit
Eligibility Date, we will calculate the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount on the
GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date.

..  Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount calculated on the GMWB Benefit Eligibility
   Date (withdrawal made prior to the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date): the
   Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount equals the Lifetime Annual Benefit
   Percentage, as shown above, multiplied by the lesser of the GMWB Benefit
   Base and the Contract Value.

..  Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount calculated on the date of the first
   withdrawal following the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date: the Lifetime Annual
   Benefit Amount equals the Lifetime Annual Benefit Percentage multiplied by
   the GMWB Benefit Base after any GMWB step-up or roll-up calculations.

  The Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount is recalculated whenever any of the
following triggering events occur.

Events causing recalculation of the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
..  GMWB Automatic Step-Up
  Each year when a GMWB Automatic Step-Up occurs, the Lifetime Annual Benefit
  Amount will be equal to the greater of the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in
  effect prior to the GMWB automatic step-up; and the Lifetime Annual Benefit
  Percentage multiplied by the GMWB Benefit Base after the step-up calculation.

..  Taking Withdrawals
  The following section describes how taking withdrawals after the GMWB Benefit
  Eligibility Date affects the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount after it is first
  calculated. Whether withdrawals will change the Lifetime Annual Benefit
  Amount depends on whether they exceed the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount.

  .  If cumulative withdrawals in any rider year following the GMWB Benefit
     Eligibility Date do not exceed the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in that
     year, the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount will not be reduced.

  .  If a withdrawal causes the cumulative withdrawals in any rider year
     following the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date to exceed the Lifetime Annual
     Benefit Amount, the amount withdrawn in excess of the Lifetime Annual
     Benefit Amount and any subsequent withdrawals in that rider year are all
     considered lifetime excess withdrawals. Each lifetime excess withdrawal
     will reduce the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount in the same proportion as
     the Contract Value is reduced by the lifetime excess withdrawal.

  .  You should know that, currently, withdrawals taken after the GMWB Benefit
     Eligibility Date to meet Required Minimum Distribution requirements as
     defined by the Internal Revenue Code do not reduce the Lifetime Annual
     Benefit Amount. However, we may change this rule at our discretion in
     which case such withdrawals taken following this change may be considered
     lifetime excess withdrawals and reduce the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
     as described below.

  For IRA and qualified plan contracts, cumulative withdrawals in a rider year
after the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date will be considered excess withdrawals
only if they exceed the greatest of (a), (b) and (c), where:

(a) = thecurrent Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount;

(b) = the RMD for the 1/st/ calendar year during the rider year; and

(c) = theRMD for the 2/nd/ calendar year during the same rider year.

  Withdrawals from the contract have other potential consequences, including
potential imposition of surrender charges and premium taxes, and federal income
tax consequences. Withdrawals, including withdrawals taken to meet Required
Minimum Distribution requirements that do not exceed the greater of the
Non-Lifetime and Lifetime Annual Benefit Amounts are considered to be within
the contract's free withdrawal amount. However, withdrawals that exceed the
greater of the Non-Lifetime and Lifetime Annual Benefit Amounts, including
withdrawals taken to meet Required Minimum Distribution requirements, are
subject to any surrender charges imposed under the contract. Please see
"Surrender of Contract and Withdrawals" and "Federal Income Taxes" for more
information.

Events causing recalculation of the GMWB Benefit Base
..  Premium Payments Received After the Rider Date
  If we receive premium payments after the rider date, and no withdrawals have
  been made from the contract, then we will increase the GMWB Benefit Base. The
  GMWB Benefit Base will be increased by the dollar amount of each premium
  payment on the date we receive it. However, if you then take withdrawals from
  the contract, we will reduce the GMWB Benefit Base as described in "Taking
  Withdrawals" below. If any withdrawal has been made from the contract on or
  prior to our receipt of additional premium, we will not increase the GMWB
  Benefit Base as a result of premium payments made after such withdrawal.

..  Roll-up Feature
  The GMWB roll-up feature allows for an increase, or "roll-up," in the GMWB
  Benefit Base during a specified period of time, called the GMWB roll-up
  period. The roll-up feature is only available to you if no withdrawals have
  been taken from the contract. Currently, the GMWB roll-up period continues
  until the 10/th/ rider anniversary following the later of the rider date and
  the last rider anniversary on which a GMWB automatic step-up,

                                      45



  described below, occurs. In no event can the GMWB roll-up period extend
  beyond the time the younger Covered Person attains a maximum age. This
  maximum age is the greater of age 95 or the younger Covered Person's age on
  the rider date plus 10 years. The increase in GMWB Benefit Base resulting
  from the roll-up is based upon a comparison of the following three values on
  each rider anniversary: (i) Contract Value, (ii) GMWB Benefit Base, and
  (iii) the sum of the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus
  the roll-up amount for the prior rider year, plus subsequent premium payments
  received during the prior rider year. For calculation of the increase in GMWB
  Benefit Base provided by the roll-up feature, "subsequent premium payments"
  means premiums received after the rider date, excluding premium payments
  received on any rider anniversary. The roll-up amount is determined by
  multiplying the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary, or for the
  roll-up in the first rider year, the GMWB Benefit Base on the last valuation
  date of the first rider year by a percentage, currently 6.5%.

  If you have not taken withdrawals from the contract and therefore are
eligible for the roll-up feature of the rider, we will consider an additional
value in recalculating GMWB Benefit Base on the rider anniversary at or
following the end of the GMWB roll-up period on which the youngest Covered
Person has attained age 70. This additional value applies the Benefit Base
Multiplier, currently 200%, to the sum of the GMWB Benefit Base on the rider
date plus subsequent premium received in the first rider year.

  The recalculation of the GMWB Benefit Base under the various situations that
can exist at the end of the GMWB roll-up period is described below.

..  Each Rider Anniversary During the GMWB Roll-Up Period
  On each rider anniversary, if no withdrawals have been made, the
  re-calculated GMWB Benefit Base will be set equal to the greater of the
  following, unless the GMWB automatic step-up feature has been suspended in
  which case, it will be set to the second of the two values described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, (after all fees have been deducted, and
     provided the GMWB automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the sum of (i) the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus
     any premium payments since the prior rider anniversary and (ii) the
     roll-up amount for the prior rider year, if any.

   Assume that you have reached a rider anniversary and that you are still in
 your GMWB roll-up period and have not made any withdrawals. Assume further
 that your GMWB Benefit Base as of your last rider anniversary was $100,000,
 your Contract Value is $105,000, you have not made any subsequent premium
 payments during the prior rider year and the GMWB automatic step-up has not
 been suspended.

   Your GWMB Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be
 the greater of the following:

  .  Contract Value = $105,000

  .  Sum of (i) and (ii) = $106,500

      (i)GMWB Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary= $100,000

     (ii)Roll-Up Amount for prior rider year = $100,000 x 6.5% = $6,500

   Your GMWB Benefit Base will be $106,500.
..  The Rider Anniversary Following the End of the GMWB Roll-Up Period.
  If the GMWB roll-up period has ended, and no withdrawals have been made from
the contract, we will re-calculate the GMWB Benefit Base on the rider
anniversary following the end of the GMWB roll-up period.

  When we recalculate the GMWB Benefit Base on the rider anniversary following
the end of the roll-up period, the amount of the recalculated GMWB Benefit Base
will depend on whether the youngest Covered Person has attained the Benefit
Base Multiplier Age, currently age 70, by that rider anniversary. For each
situation, the recalculated GMWB Benefit Base is determined as described below.

1.Assuming the youngest Covered Person has not yet attained age 70 by the rider
  anniversary immediately following the end of the GMWB roll-up period, then,
  on that rider anniversary, the GMWB Benefit Base will be set equal to the
  greater of the following, unless the GMWB automatic step-up feature has been
  suspended in which case, it will be set to the second of the two values
  described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, (after all fees have been deducted,
     provided the GMWB automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the sum of (i) the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus
     any premium payments since the prior rider anniversary and (ii) the
     roll-up amount for the prior rider year, if any.

   Assume that you have reached the rider anniversary following the end of the
 GMWB roll-up period, the youngest Covered Person has not yet attained age 70
 and you have not made any withdrawals. Assume further your GMWB Benefit Base
 as of your last rider anniversary was $176,257, your Contract Value is
 $105,000, you have not made any subsequent premium payments during the prior
 rider year and the GMWB automatic step-up has not been suspended.

   Your GMWB Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be
 the greatest of the following:

  .  Contract Value = $105,000

  .  Sum of (i) and (ii) = $187,714


                                      46



      (i)GMWB Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $176,257

     (ii)Roll-Up Amount for prior rider year = $176,257 x 6.5% = $11,457

   Your GMWB Benefit Base will be $187,714.
2.Assuming the youngest Covered Person has attained age 70 by the rider
  anniversary immediately following the end of the GMWB roll-up period, then,
  on that rider anniversary, the GMWB Benefit Base will be set equal to the
  greatest of the following, unless the GMWB automatic step-up feature has been
  suspended in which case, it will be set to the greater of the latter two
  values described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, (after all fees have been deducted,
     provided the GMWB automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the Benefit Base Multiplier, currently 200%, multiplied by the sum of
     (i) the GMWB Benefit Base on the rider date, plus (ii) all subsequent
     premium payments received during the first rider year;

  .  the sum of (i) the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus
     any premium payments since the prior rider anniversary and (ii) the
     roll-up amount for the prior rider year, if any.

  Assume that the Benefit Base Multiplier is 200% and that you have reached the
rider anniversary following the end of the GMWB roll-up period, the youngest
Covered Person has attained age 70 and you have not made any withdrawals.
Assume further your GMWB Benefit Base as of your last rider anniversary was
$176,257, your GMWB Benefit Base on the rider date was $100,000, your Contract
Value is $105,000, you have not made any subsequent premium payments after the
rider date and the GMWB automatic step-up has not been suspended.

  Your GMWB Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be
the greatest of the following:

  .  Contract Value = $105,000

  .  200% x Sum of (i) and (ii) = $200,000

      (i)GMWB Benefit Base on the rider date = $100,000

     (ii)Subsequent premium payments = $0

  .  Sum of (i) and (ii) = $187,714

      (i)GMWB Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $176,257

     (ii)GMWB Roll-Up Amount for prior rider year = $176,257 x 6.5% = $11,457

   Your GMWB Benefit Base will be $200,000.

..  Rider Anniversary Next Following Youngest Covered Person's 70/th/ Birthday
   Occurring After the Rider Anniversary Immediately Following the End of the
   GMWB Roll-Up Period

  Assuming no withdrawals have been taken and the youngest Covered Person
attains age 70 after the rider anniversary immediately following the end of the
roll-up period, then on the next rider anniversary following the date the
youngest Covered Person attains age 70, the GMWB Benefit Base will be set equal
to the greatest of the following, unless the GMWB automatic step-up feature has
been suspended in which case, it will be set to the greater of the latter two
values described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, after all fees have been deducted,
     (provided the GMWB automatic step-up feature has not been suspended);

  .  the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary plus any premium
     payments since the prior rider anniversary;

  .  the Benefit Base Multiplier, currently 200%, multiplied by sum of the GMWB
     Benefit Base on the rider date plus all subsequent premium payments
     received during the first rider year.

  Assume that the Benefit Base Multiplier is 200% and that you reached the
rider anniversary following the end of the GMWB roll-up period several years
ago, but still have not made any withdrawals from the contract. However, the
youngest Covered Person celebrated his 70/th/ birthday during the prior rider
year. Assume further, your GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary was
$180,000, your GMWB Benefit Base on the rider date was $100,000, your Contract
Value is $105,000, you have not made any subsequent premium payments after the
rider date and the GMWB automatic step-up has not been suspended.

  Your GMWB Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be
the greatest of the following:

  .  Contract Value = $105,000

  .  GMWB Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $180,000

  .  200% x Sum of (i) and (ii) = $200,000

      (i)GMWB Benefit Base on the rider date = $100,000

     (ii)Subsequent premium payments = $0

  Your GMWB Benefit Base will be $200,000.

..  Each Rider Anniversary After the Earlier of the First Withdrawal and the
   Rider Anniversary Following the End of the GMWB Roll-Up Period (except Rider
   Anniversary next following youngest Covered Person's 70/th/ birthday after
   the end of the GMWB Roll-Up Period)

  On each rider anniversary after the earlier of the first withdrawal and the
rider anniversary following the end of the GMWB roll-up period, we will
re-calculate the GMWB Benefit Base. The GMWB Benefit Base will be set equal to
the greater of the following, unless the GMWB automatic step-up feature

                                      47



has been suspended, in which case, it will be set to the second of the two
values described below:

  .  the Contract Value then in effect, after all fees have been deducted,
     (provided the GMWB automatic step-up feature, described below, has not
     been suspended); and

  .  the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary adjusted for any
     withdrawals taken since the prior rider anniversary plus, if no
     withdrawals have been made, any premium payments made since the prior
     rider anniversary.

   Assume that you are out of the GMWB roll-up period. Assume further, your
 GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider anniversary is $106,500, your Contract
 Value is $110,000 and the GMWB automatic step-up has not been suspended. Your
 GMWB Benefit Base will be re-calculated on your rider anniversary to be the
 greater of the following:

  .  Contract Value = $110,000

  .  GMWB Benefit Base on prior rider anniversary = $106,500

   Your GMWB Benefit Base will be $110,000.

..  GMWB Automatic Step-Up Feature
  The GMWB component of Phoenix Retirement Protector includes an automatic
  step-up feature. Like the GMWB roll-up feature, the GMWB automatic step-up
  feature allows for an increase in the GMWB Benefit Base. At set intervals,
  currently on each anniversary of the rider date, we will automatically
  compare the Contract Value, after deduction of all fees, to the GMWB Benefit
  Base then in effect; that is, the GMWB Benefit Base on the prior rider
  anniversary and, if no withdrawals have been taken, any premium payments made
  since the prior rider anniversary and reduced by withdrawals as described in
  "Taking Withdrawals". If the Contract Value, after deduction of all fees, is
  greater than such GMWB Benefit Base, we will automatically increase, or
  "step-up" the GMWB Benefit Base to equal the Contract Value. You should know
  that the fee percentage for the rider may be increased if we step-up the GMWB
  Benefit Base. If you do not decline the automatic step-up, you will pay the
  current rider fee then in effect beginning on the date of any automatic
  step-up of the GMWB Benefit Base. You can decline the increase by contacting
  us no later than seven days prior to the rider anniversary. If you decline
  the step-up, the GMWB automatic step-up will not occur, and the automatic
  GMWB step-up feature will be suspended immediately and GMAB step-ups provided
  under the GMAB component of the rider cannot be elected. If you decline a
  GMWB automatic step-up in the GMWB Benefit Base, we will continue to
  calculate any roll-ups as described above. Assuming your rider is still in
  effect at the next step-up interval, you may reactivate the automatic GMWB
  step-up option by contacting us at the phone number or address provided on
  the first page of the prospectus.

..  Taking Withdrawals
  The GMWB Benefit Base is reduced for all withdrawals regardless of whether
  they occur before or after the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date. The amount by
  which the GMWB Benefit Base is reduced for withdrawals depends on whether and
  by how much the withdrawals taken in a rider year exceed the Non-Lifetime
  Annual Benefit Amount. Cumulative withdrawals in any rider year that do not
  exceed the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount reduce the GMWB Benefit Base by
  the amount of the withdrawals. Cumulative withdrawals in any rider year that
  exceed the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount (Non-Lifetime excess
  withdrawals) reduce the GMWB Benefit Base by the same proportion as the
  Contract Value is reduced by Non-Lifetime excess withdrawal.

Payment of the Lifetime or Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount when the Contract
Value is greater than zero
  Each year when the Contract Value is greater than zero, you may take
withdrawals equal to the Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount so long as you have
reached the GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date. You may take withdrawals equal to
the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount then in effect at any time when the
Contract Value is greater than zero. You can establish a Systematic Withdrawal
Program for payments of a specified amount or can request payments according to
your own schedule. See "Systematic Withdrawal Program" for additional details
about how to use this program and the program's restrictions.

Payment of the Lifetime or Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount when the Contract
Value goes to zero
  If, when the Contract Value goes to zero, the GMWB Benefit Base is greater
than zero, you must choose between receiving non-lifetime and lifetime monthly
payments. The Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount is not available to you before the
GMWB Benefit Eligibility Date.

  We may, at our discretion, permit or require other payment frequencies
subject only to our minimum amount per payment requirement.

  .  Non-Lifetime Payments
  If the GMWB Benefit Base is greater than zero you may choose to receive
monthly non-lifetime payments. The non-lifetime payments will be equal to one
twelfth of Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. Payments will begin one month
after the Contract Value is reduced to zero and will end when the GMWB Benefit
Base is reduced to zero. The GMWB Benefit Base is reduced by each non-lifetime
payment.

  .  Lifetime Payments
  If the GMWB Benefit Base is greater than zero, you may choose to receive
monthly lifetime payments. The lifetime benefit payments will be equal to one
twelfth of Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount. Payments will begin one month
following later of the date the Contract Value goes to zero and the GMWB
Benefit Eligibility Date. We will make these payments under the single life
option or the spousal life option, whichever you selected at the time you
purchased the rider. For the single life option, all Covered Persons must be

                                      48



living on the date we make the first payment, and for the spousal life option,
at least one spouse must be living. Payments will continue until the first
death of any Covered Person(s) for the single life option, or until the death
of the surviving spouse for the spousal life option.

Maximum Maturity Date Benefit
  If your Contract Value is greater than zero and you cannot extend the
maturity date of the contract any later, this rider allows you to exchange the
Contract Value for lifetime payments equal to the Lifetime Annual Benefit
Amount or non-lifetime payments equal to the Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount
in lieu of applying the Contract Value to one of the annuity payment options
offered under the contract. Otherwise, your contract will enter the annuity
period and you may choose any of the annuity options then available. See "The
Annuity Period".

(iii) Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit ("GMDB")
  The GMDB component of the Phoenix Retirement Protector rider is optional. The
GMDB component guarantees a minimum death benefit if the GMDB Benefit Base,
which is the same as the GMWB Benefit Base prior to the GMDB Maximum Age, is
greater than the death benefit payable under the contract when any Covered
Person dies prior to the earliest of the following dates:

1.the maturity date of the contract,

2.the date the Contract Value is reduced to zero,

3.the rider anniversary following the date the oldest Covered Person attains a
  particular age specified in rider. We call this the GMDB Maximum Age.
  Currently, this age is 85.

  If the GMDB Benefit Base is greater than the death benefit payable under the
contract, this optional GMDB guarantees an additional death benefit amount.
This guaranteed amount is the difference between the contract's death benefit
and the GMDB Benefit Base. You should know that this optional component does
not provide any value once the Contract Value goes to zero or the oldest
Covered Person attains age the GMDB Maximum Age.

  Sample calculation showing the value of the GMDB component before and after
the GMDB Maximum Age

   Death Prior to Age 85
   Assume you die prior to attaining age 85. Assume the death benefit available
 under your contract is equal $125,000 on the date of death. Further assume
 that the GMDB Benefit Base is equal to $130,000 on the date of death. The
 optional GMDB will pay you an additional death benefit amount equal to $5,000.

   Death After Age 85
   Assume you die after attaining age 85. Assume the death benefit available
 under your contract is equal $95,000 on the date of death. The GMDB Death
 Benefit Base is equal to your contract value or $80,000 on the date of death.
 The optional GMDB will not pay you an additional death benefit amount. You
 will receive the $95,000 death benefit available under your base contract.

Termination of Phoenix Retirement Protector Rider
  The rider will terminate without value on the date the first of any of the
following events occur:

  .  any Covered Person is changed;

  .  annuity payments begin under an annuity payment option as described in the
     base contract;

  .  the contract, to which the rider is attached, terminates;

  .  the owner elects to terminate the rider;

  .  that any portion of the Contract Value is no longer invested in one of the
     approved asset allocation programs;

  .  the Contract Value and GMWB Benefit Base are both reduced to zero;

  .  if the Contract Value has been reduced to zero and lifetime payments have
     been elected, if any Covered Person under the Single Life Option, or the
     surviving Covered Person under the Spousal Life Option dies;

  .  you assign any rights or interest in this rider.

  Once the rider is terminated, it cannot be reinstated.

                                      49



Special Risks Associated with Withdrawals
  The following chart demonstrates special risks associated with taking
withdrawals when the Phoenix Retirement Protector Rider is attached to a
contract when the Contract Value and Benefit Base are both greater than zero.
Whether or not a withdrawal is considered "permitted" or "excess" is described
in the section "Taking Withdrawals", in the description of the GMWB Benefit
Base. When the Contract Value is reduced to zero, non-lifetime or lifetime
payments (whichever selected) will begin and withdrawals are no longer allowed
from the contract.



                                                                                                       Permitted    Excess
Scenario                                                                               No Withdrawals Withdrawals Withdrawals
- --------                                                                               -------------- ----------- -----------
                                                                                                         
Automatic Contract Value reduction....................................................                     X           X
Reduction to GMWB Benefit Base and GMAB Benefit Base..................................                     X           X
Reduction to current Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount...............................                                 X
Reduction to current Lifetime Annual Benefit Amount...................................                                 X
Gives you the highest potential Annual Benefit Amount available under the rider/1/....       X
Cancels your ability to have subsequent premium payments automatically increase the
  GMWB Benefit Base...................................................................                     X           X
Cancels your ability to "roll-up" and increase your GMWB Benefit Base.................                     X           X
Reduces the likelihood of a GMWB automatic step-up/2/.................................                     X           X
Premium payments increase the GMWB Benefit Base.......................................       X
Potential to terminate the rider without value if reduces the Contract Value to zero..                                 X
Permanently sets the Lifetime Annual Benefit Percentage...............................                     X           X
Permanently sets the Lifetime and Non-Lifetime Annual Benefit Amounts if the Contract
  Value is reduced to zero and the GMWB Benefit Base is greater than zero.............                     X
Potential surrender charges...........................................................                                 X
Potential premium taxes and/or federal income tax consequences........................                     X           X

- -----------------
/1/ The potential Annual Benefit Amount is greatest if at the end of the GMWB
    roll-up period, no withdrawals have been made and the youngest Covered
    Person has attained the Benefit Base Multiplier Age.
/2/ In order to obtain a GMWB automatic step-up, your Contract Value must be
    greater than your GMWB Benefit Base on the rider anniversary. If you make
    withdrawals, your Contract Value will automatically decline, therefore
    reducing the likelihood that your Contract Value will be greater than your
    Benefit Base on your next rider anniversary, thus also reducing the
    likelihood that you will be able to step-up your Benefit Base.

Surrender of Contract and Withdrawals
  If the owner is living, amounts held under the contract may be withdrawn in
whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date, or after the Maturity Date under
Variable Annuity Payment Options K or L. Prior to the Maturity Date, you may
withdraw, free of any surrender charges, premium payments that have not
previously been withdrawn and are no longer subject to a surrender charge . You
may also withdraw, without the imposition of a surrender charge, during each
contract year following the contract anniversary, the Free Withdrawal Amount. A
signed written request for withdrawal must be sent to our Annuity Operations
Division. If you have not yet reached age 59 1/2, a 10% penalty tax may apply
on taxable income withdrawn. See "Federal Income Taxes."

  The appropriate number of Accumulation Units of an investment option will be
redeemed at their value next determined after the receipt by our Annuity
Operations Division of a written notice in a form satisfactory to us.
Accumulation Units redeemed in a withdrawal from multiple investment options
will be redeemed on a pro rata basis unless you designate otherwise. Contract
Values in the GIA or MVA will also be withdrawn on a pro rata basis unless you
designate otherwise. Withdrawals from the MVA may be subject to the market
value adjustment. See the MVA prospectus. The resulting cash payment will be
made in a single sum, ordinarily within seven days after receipt of such
notice. However, redemption and payment may be delayed under certain
circumstances. See "Payment Deferral." There may be adverse tax consequences to
certain surrenders and partial withdrawals. See "Surrenders or Withdrawals
Prior to the Contract Maturity Date." Certain restrictions on redemptions are
imposed on contracts used in connection with Internal Revenue Code
Section 403(b) plans. Although loans are available under 403(b) plans only,
certain limitations may apply. See "Qualified Plans--Tax Sheltered Annuities."
A deduction for surrender charges may be imposed on partial withdrawals from,
and complete surrender of, a contract. See "Surrender Charges." Any surrender
charge imposed is deducted from amounts withdrawn. The surrender charge is
calculated on a first-in, first-out basis. In other words, we calculate your
surrender charge by assuming your withdrawal is applied to premium payments in
the order your premium payments were received. Requests for partial withdrawals
or full surrenders should be mailed to our Annuity Operations Division.

Contract Termination
  The contract will terminate without value, if on any valuation date the
Contract Value is zero, unless you meet the terms and conditions of the riders.
PHL Variable will notify you in writing that the contract has terminated.

Payment Upon Death Before Maturity Date

When is the Death Benefit Payable?
  A death benefit is payable when the owner (or primary Annuitant when the
contract is owned by a non-natural

                                      50



person) dies. If there is more than one owner, a death benefit is payable upon
the first owner to die.

Who Receives Payment?
..  Death of an Owner/Annuitant
  If the owner/annuitant dies before the contract Maturity Date, the death
  benefit will be paid to the owner/annuitant's beneficiary. If the spouse is
  the beneficiary, see "Spousal Beneficiary Contract Continuance."

..  Death of an Owner--Multiple Owners
  If one of the owners dies prior to the Maturity Date, the death benefit will
  be paid to the surviving owner(s), if any, who will be deemed to be the
  designated beneficiary(s).

..  Death of an Annuitant who is not the Owner
  If the owner and the Annuitant are not the same individual and the Annuitant
  dies prior to the Maturity Date, the owner becomes the Annuitant and the
  contract continues, unless the owner appoints a new Annuitant. If a Joint
  Annuitant dies prior to the Maturity Date, the owner may appoint a new Joint
  Annuitant. The death of the Annuitant or Joint Annuitant will not cause the
  death benefit to be paid.

..  Death of Owner who is not the Annuitant
  If the owner who is not the annuitant dies before the contract maturity date,
  the death benefit will be paid under the contract to the owner's beneficiary,
  unless the beneficiary is the spouse. The survival of the annuitant does not
  affect this payment. If the spouse is the beneficiary, see "Spousal
  Beneficiary Contract Continuance."

..  Spousal Beneficiary Contract Continuance
  If the owner/annuitant or owner non-annuitant dies and the spouse of the
  owner is the named contract beneficiary, the spousal beneficiary can continue
  the contract as the new owner. This election is allowed only prior to the
  Maturity Date and can be elected only one time. When the spouse elects to
  continue the contract, the death benefit that the spouse is entitled to
  receive will become the new Contract Value for the continued contract and the
  current death benefit option will remain in effect.

..  Ownership of the Contract by a Non-Natural Person
  If the owner is not an individual, and the primary Annuitant dies before the
  Maturity Date, we will pay the death benefit to the owner. If a Joint
  Annuitant dies before the Maturity Date, a death benefit is not paid. The
  owner may appoint a new Joint Annuitant.

..  Compliance with the Internal Revenue Code
  In all events, the death of the owner will result in distributions in accord
  with section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code for nonqualified contracts
  and section 401(a)(9) for IRA and qualified plan contracts.

..  What is the Death Benefit Amount?
  The owner shall elect any of the available Death Benefit Options at the time
  of the initial premium payment. If no option is elected, Death Benefit Option
  1 will apply. If we grant your request to change ownership, Death Benefit
  Option 1 shall apply, unless we agree otherwise.

..  Change of Death Benefit Option
  After the contract is issued, you may not change your Death Benefit Option.

..  Death Benefit Option 1--Return of Premium
  Upon the death of the owner (or if there is more than one owner, on the death
  of the owner who dies first), the death benefit is the greater of:

     a) the sum of all of premium payments, less adjusted partial withdrawals
        (as defined below); or
     b) the Contract Value on the Claim Date.

..  Death Benefit Option 2--Annual Step-Up
  This death benefit is based on the age of the owner. If there is more than
  one owner, it is based upon the age of the eldest owner at issue.

  Upon the death of the owner who has not attained age 81, the death benefit is
  the greatest of:

     a) the sum of all premium payments, less adjusted partial withdrawals (as
        defined below); or
     b) the Contract Value next determined following receipt of a certified
        copy of the death certificate at our Annuity Operations Division; or
     c) the annual step-up amount (as defined below).

  Upon the death of the owner who has attained age 81, the death benefit is the
  greater of:

     a) the death benefit amount at the end of the contract year prior to the
        owner attaining age 81, plus the sum of all premium payments less
        adjusted partial withdrawals (as defined below) made since the end of
        the contract year prior to the owner attaining age 81; or
     b) the Contract Value on the Claim Date.

  If the owner is not an individual, the age of the primary Annuitant will be
  used to calculate the death benefit amount. If the spouse elects to continue
  the contract under Death Benefit Option 2, the death benefit will be
  calculated using the surviving spouse's attained age.

..  Death Benefit Option 3--Earnings Enhancement Benefit

  This option is only available if it is approved and made available in your
  applicable state by us.


  This death benefit is based on the age of the owner. If there is more than
  one owner, it is based upon the age of the eldest owner at issue. This option
  is available only for owners less than age 76 on the Contract Date.

  Upon the death of the owner who has not attained age 70 on the Contract Date,
  the death benefit is the greater of:

     a) the sum of all of premium payments, less adjusted partial withdrawals
        (as defined below); or
     b) the Contract Value on the Claim Date plus 40% of the relief amount (as
        defined below).

  Upon death of the owner who has attained age 70, but is less than 76 on the
  Contract Date, the death benefit is the greater of:

     a) the sum of all of premium payments, less adjusted partial withdrawals
        (as defined below); or

                                      51



     b) the Contract Value on the Claim Date plus 25% of the relief amount (as
        defined below).

  If the owner is not an individual, the age of the primary Annuitant will be
  used to calculate the death benefit amount. If the spouse elects to continue
  the contract under Death Benefit Option 3, the death benefit will be
  calculated using the surviving spouse's attained age. The spouse's attained
  age at the death of the deceased owner will be used to determine the
  percentage of Relief Amount, if any.

..  Death Benefit Option 4--Greater of Annual Step-Up or Annual Roll-Up

  This option is only available if it is approved and made available in your
  applicable state by us.


  This death benefit is based on the age of the owner. If there is more than
  one owner, it is based upon the age of the eldest owner at issue. This option
  is available only for owners less than age 81 on the Contract Date.

  Upon the death of the owner who has not attained age 81 on the Contract Date,
  the death benefit is the greater of:

     a) the sum of all of premium payments, less adjusted partial withdrawals
        (as defined below); or
     b) the Contract Value on the Claim Date; or
     c) the Annual Step-up Amount (as defined below) on the Claim Date; and
     d) the Annual Roll-up Amount (as defined below) on the Claim Date.

  On the contract anniversary following the oldest owner's attained age 81, the
  death benefit is the greater of:

     a) the death benefit calculated at the end of the contract year prior to
        the oldest owner's attained age 81, plus the sum of all premium
        payments, less adjusted partial withdrawals (as defined below); and
     b) the Contract Value on the Claim Date.

  If the owner is not an individual, the age of the primary Annuitant will be
  used to calculate the death benefit amount. If the spouse elects to continue
  the contract under Death Benefit Option 4, the death benefit will be
  calculated using the surviving spouse's attained age.

  Adjusted Partial Withdrawals: The result of multiplying the ratio of the
  amount of the withdrawal to the Contract Value and the death benefit (prior
  to the withdrawal) on the withdrawal date.

  Annual Roll-Up Amount: In the first contract year the Annual Roll-up Amount
  is equal to the sum of all premium payments, less adjusted partial
  withdrawals At the beginning of the second contract year or any subsequent
  contract year, the Annual Roll-up Amount is equal to the Annual Roll-up
  Amount at the end of the previous contract year multiplied by a factor of
  1.05, plus 100% of premium payments, less Adjusted Partial Withdrawals made
  since the end of the previous contract year. The Annual Roll-up Amount may
  not exceed 200% of total premium payments less Adjusted Partial Withdrawals.

  Annual Step-up Amount: In the first contract year the Annual Step-Up Amount
  is equal to the sum of all premium payments less adjusted partial
  withdrawals. After that, in any following contract year the Annual Step-Up
  Amount equals the greater of (1) the Annual Step-Up amount at the end of the
  prior contract year, plus any premium payments made since the end of the
  prior contract year, less any adjusted partial withdrawals made since the end
  of the prior year; or (2) the Contract Value.

  Modified Premium Payments: Modified Premium Payments equal the sum of all
  premium payments made less any withdrawals of premiums. If there are no
  withdrawals or the withdrawal does not exceed the difference between the
  Contract Value and cumulative premiums made, the value is zero.

  Relief Amount: the Relief Amount is equal to the Contract Value less modified
  premium payments, not to exceed the following maximum amount:

  .  When the age of the eldest owner on the Contract Date is less than 70, the
     maximum relief amount equals 200% multiplied by:

     1) the sum of modified premium payments (made prior to the date of the
        death benefit calculation) minus
     2) the sum of premium payments (made during the prior 12 months of the
        death benefit calculation date).
  .  When the eldest owner on the Contract Date has attained age 70 but has not
     attained age 76, the maximum relief amount equals 100% multiplied by:

     1) the sum of modified premium payments (made prior to the date of the
        death benefit calculation) minus
     2) the sum of premium payments (made during the 12 months prior to the
        death benefit calculation date).

  Death benefit proceeds will be payable in a single lump sum, and you should
know that we offer the Phoenix Concierge Account ("PCA") as the default method
of payment for all death claims greater or equal to $5,000 when the beneficiary
is an individual, trust or estate. The PCA is generally not offered to
corporations or similar entities. The PCA is an interest bearing checking
account that is made available to beneficiaries in lieu of a single check.

  The PCA is not insured by the FDIC, NSUSIF, or any other state or federal
agency which insures deposits. The guarantee of principal is based on the
claims-paying ability of the company. Also, if the recipient chooses, death
benefit proceeds will be payable in the form of an annuity option. Any such
annuity option is subject to all restrictions (including minimum amount
requirements) as are other annuities under this contract. In addition, there
may be legal requirements that limit the recipient's annuity options and the
timing of payments. See "Distributions at Death" under "Federal Income Taxes."
A recipient should consult a qualified tax adviser before electing to receive
an annuity.

                                      52



  Depending upon state law, the amounts paid to the owner may avoid probate and
the death benefit may be reduced by any tax due. For more information, see
"Tax." and "Distribution at Death" under "Federal Income Taxes." We reserve the
right to discontinue offering any one of the available Death Benefit Options in
the future.

  If you are the beneficiary of a deceased Owner's contract and are utilizing
this contract as an Inherited/Stretch Annuity, only the Return of Premium death
benefit is available to you.

Internet, Interactive Voice Response and Telephone Transfers
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  You may transfer your Contract Value among the available investment options
and make changes to your premium payment allocations by Internet, Interactive
Voice Response ("IVR") or telephone. The Company may discontinue any of these
options and may provide other options at any time.

  PHL Variable and Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation ("PEPCO"), our national
distributor, will use reasonable procedures to confirm that transfer
instructions are genuine. We require verification of account information and
will record telephone instructions on tape. You will receive written
confirmation of all transfers. PHL Variable and PEPCO may be liable for
following unauthorized instructions if we fail to follow our established
security procedures. However, you will bear the risk of a loss resulting from
instructions entered by an unauthorized third party that PHL Variable and PEPCO
reasonably believe to be genuine.

  We may modify or terminate your transfer and allocation privileges. You may
find it difficult to exercise these privileges during times of extreme market
volatility. In such a case, you should submit your request in writing.

  Prior to the Maturity Date of your contract, you may elect to transfer all or
any part of the Contract Value among one or more investment options, the GIA or
MVA subject to the limitations established for the GIA and MVA. A transfer from
an investment option will result in the redemption of Accumulation Units and,
if another investment option is selected, in the purchase of Accumulation
Units. The exchange will be based on the values of the Accumulation Units next
determined after the receipt by our Annuity Operations Division of notice of
election in a form satisfactory to us. A transfer among investment options, the
GIA or MVA does not automatically change the premium payment allocation
schedule of your contract.

  You may also request transfers and changes in premium payment allocations
among available investment options, the GIA or MVA by Internet, Interactive
Voice Response and telephone by calling us at 800/541-0171 between the hours of
8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on any Valuation Date, or by writing to
the address listed on the first page of this prospectus. You may permit your
registered representative to submit transfer requests on your behalf. We will
employ reasonable procedures to confirm that transfer instructions are genuine.
We will require verification of account information and will record telephone
instructions on tape. All transfers and allocation changes will be confirmed in
writing to you. To the extent that procedures reasonably designed to prevent
unauthorized transfers are not followed, we may be liable for following
transfer instructions for transfers that prove to be fraudulent. However, you
will bear the risk of loss resulting from instructions entered by an
unauthorized third party we reasonably believe to be genuine. These transfer
and allocation change privileges may be modified or terminated at any time on a
case-by-case basis. In particular, during times of extreme market volatility,
transfer privileges may be difficult to exercise. In such cases you should
submit written instructions.

  Unless we otherwise agree or unless the Dollar Cost Averaging Program has
been elected, (see below), you may make only one transfer per contract year
from the GIA. Nonsystematic transfers from the GIA and MVA will be made on the
date of receipt by our Annuity Operations Division except as you may otherwise
request. For nonsystematic transfers, the amount that may be transferred from
the GIA at any one time cannot exceed the greatest of $1,000 or 25% of the
Contract Value in the GIA at the time of transfer. For nonsystematic transfers
from the MVA, the market value adjustment may be applied. See the MVA
prospectus for more information.

  No surrender charge will be assessed when a transfer is made. The date a
premium payment was originally credited for the purpose of calculating the
surrender charge will remain the same. Currently, 12 transfers are permitted
from the investment options and one transfer from the GIA; however, we reserve
the right to change our policy to limit the number of transfers made during
each contract year if we determine, in our sole opinion, that your exercise of
the transfer privilege may disadvantage or potentially harm the rights or
interests of other Contract Owners. There are additional restrictions on
transfers from the GIA as described above and in the section titled, "GIA." See
the MVA prospectus for information regarding transfers from the MVA.

  Transfers to the GIA are not permitted during the first Contract Year. After
the first Contract Year, a transfer into the GIA will not be permitted if such
transfer would cause the percentage of the Contract Value in the GIA to exceed
the Maximum GIA Percentage shown on the schedule page.

Market Timing and Other Disruptive Trading
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  We discourage market timing activity, frequent transfers of contract value
among investment options and other activity determined to be "Disruptive
Trading", as described below. Your ability to make transfers among investment
options under the contract is subject to modification if we determine, in our
sole opinion, that your exercise of the transfer privilege constitutes
"Disruptive Trading" that may disadvantage or potentially harm the rights or
interests of other contract owners.

                                      53



  "Disruptive Trading" includes, but is not limited to: frequent purchases,
redemptions and transfers; transfers into and then out of an investment option
in a short period of time; and transfers of large amounts at one time. The
risks and harmful effects of Disruptive Trading include:

..  dilution of the interests of long-term investors in an investment option, if
   market timers or others transfer into or out of the investment option
   rapidly in order to take advantage of market price fluctuations;

..  an adverse affect on portfolio management, as determined by portfolio
   management in its sole discretion, such as causing the underlying fund to
   maintain a higher level of cash than would otherwise be the case, or causing
   the underlying fund to liquidate investments prematurely; and

..  increased brokerage and administrative expenses.

  To protect our contract owners and the underlying funds from Disruptive
Trading, we have adopted certain policies and procedures.

  Under our Disruptive Trading policy, we can modify your transfer privileges
for some or all of the investment options. Modifications include, but are not
limited to, not accepting a transfer request from you or from any person, asset
allocation service, and/or market timing service made on your behalf. We may
also limit the amount that may be transferred into or out of any investment
option at any one time. Unless prohibited by the terms of your contract, we may
(but are not obligated to):

..  limit the dollar amount and frequency of transfers (e.g., prohibit more than
   one transfer a week, or more than two a month, etc.),

..  restrict the method of making a transfer (e.g., require that all transfers
   into a particular investment option be sent to our Service Center by first
   class U.S. mail and/or rescind telephone, internet, IVR or fax transfer
   privileges),

..  require a holding period for some investment options (e.g., prohibit
   transfers into a particular investment option within a specified period of
   time after a transfer out of that investment option),


..  implement and administer redemption fees on short-term trading that may be
   imposed by one or more of the underlying funds, or


..  impose other limitations or restrictions.

  Currently we attempt to detect Disruptive Trading by monitoring both the
dollar amount of individual transfers and the frequency of a contract owner's
transfers. With respect to both dollar amount and frequency, we may consider an
individual transfer alone or when combined with transfers from other policies
owned by or under the control or influence of the same individual or entity. We
currently review transfer activity on a regular basis. We also consider any
concerns brought to our attention by the managers of the underlying funds. We
may change our monitoring procedures at any time without notice.

  Because we reserve discretion in applying these policies, they may not be
applied uniformly. However, we will to the best of our ability apply these
policies uniformly. Consequently, there is a risk that some contract owners
could engage in Disruptive Trading while others will bear the effects of their
activity.

  Currently we attempt to detect Disruptive Trading by monitoring activity for
all policies. Possible Disruptive Trading activity may result in our sending a
warning letter advising the owner of our concern. Regardless of whether a
warning letter is sent, once we determine that Disruptive Trading activity has
occurred, we may revoke the owner's right to make Internet and IVR transfers.
We will notify contract owners in writing (by mail to their address of record
on file with us) if we limit their trading.

  We have adopted these policies and procedures as a preventative measure to
protect all contract owners from the potential affects of Disruptive Trading,
while recognizing the need for contract holders to have available reasonable
and convenient methods of making transfers that do not have the potential to
harm other contract owners.

  We currently do not make any exceptions to the policies and procedures
discussed above to detect and deter Disruptive Trading. We may reinstate
Internet, IVR, telephone and fax transfer privileges after they are revoked,
but we will not reinstate these privileges if we have reason to believe that
they might be used thereafter for Disruptive Trading.

  We cannot guarantee that our monitoring will be 100% successful in detecting
and restricting all transfer activity that constitutes Disruptive Trading.
Moreover, we cannot guarantee that revoking or limiting a contract owner's
Internet, IVR, telephone and fax transfer privileges will successfully deter
all Disruptive Trading. In addition, some of the underlying funds are available
to insurance companies other than Phoenix and we do not know whether those
other insurance companies have adopted any policies and procedures to detect
and deter Disruptive Trading, or if so what those policies and procedures might
be. Because we may not be able to detect or deter all Disruptive Trading and
because some of these funds are available through other insurance companies,
some contract owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the
risk that some contract owners could engage in Disruptive Trading while others
will bear the effects of their activity.

  Orders for the purchase of underlying fund shares are subject to acceptance
by the relevant fund. Phoenix has entered into information sharing agreements
with the underlying funds of this variable product as required by Rule 22c-2
under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The purpose of the information
sharing is to provide information to the underlying funds so that they can
monitor, warn, and restrict policyholders who may be engaging in disruptive
trading practices as determined by the underlying funds. We reserve the right
to reject, without prior notice, any transfer request into any investment
option if the purchase of shares in the corresponding underlying fund is not
accepted for any

                                      54



reason. We may, without prior notice, take whatever action we deem appropriate
to comply with or take advantage of any state or federal regulatory requirement.

  We do not include transfers made pursuant to the Dollar Cost Averaging,
Automatic Asset Rebalancing or other similar programs when applying our
Disruptive Trading policy.

The Annuity Period
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The annuity period begins after the accumulation period of the contract, when
annuity payments are made to you.

Annuity Payments

  Annuity payments will begin on the contract's Maturity Date if the owner is
alive and the contract is still in force. Beginning on the Maturity Date,
investment in the Separate Account is continued unless a Fixed Payment Annuity
is selected. Surrender charges will not be imposed when you begin taking
annuity payments on or after the contract's Maturity Date. If you have not
selected an Annuity Payment Option by the Maturity Date, the default is Annuity
Payment Option I--Variable Life Annuity with 10-Year Period Certain. For more
information, see "Annuity Payment Options."


  If the amount to be applied on the Maturity Date is less than $2,000, we may
pay such amount in one lump sum in lieu of providing an annuity. If the initial
monthly annuity payment under an Annuity Payment Option would be less than $20,
we may make a single sum payment equal to the total Contract Value on the date
the initial annuity payment would be payable, or make periodic annuity payments
quarterly, semiannually or annually in place of monthly annuity payments.

  Your contract specifies a Maturity Date at the time of its issuance. However,
you may subsequently elect a different Maturity Date. The Maturity Date may not
be earlier than the fifth contract anniversary. The latest Maturity Date is the
contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 95/th/ birthday or ten years from
the Contract Date, unless agreed otherwise. Generally, under qualified plans
and Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRA"), distributions from the contract
should begin no later than April 1/st/ of the calendar year following the later
of: (a) the year in which the employee attains age 70 1/2 or (b) the calendar
year in which the employee retires. The date set forth in (b) does not apply to
IRAs. Distributions can be made through maturity of the contract or by periodic
withdrawals.

  The Maturity Date election must be made by written notice and must be
received by our Annuity Operations Division 30 days before the default Maturity
Date. The default Maturity Date will be no later than the oldest Owner's or
Annuitant's 95/th/ birthday or ten years from the Contract Date. Particular
care should be taken in electing the Maturity Date of a contract issued under a
Tax Sheltered Annuity (TSA), a Keogh Plan or an IRA plan. For more information,
see "Tax Sheltered Annuities," "Keogh Plans" and "Individual Retirement
Accounts."

Annuity Payment Options
  Unless an alternative Annuity Payment Option is elected on or before the
Maturity Date, the amounts held under a contract on the Maturity Date will be
applied to provide a Variable Life Annuity with 10-Year Period Certain (Option
I) as described below. Instead of Option I, you may, by sending a written
request to our Annuity Operations Division on or before the Maturity Date of
the contract, elect any of the other Annuity Payment Options described below.
After the first annuity payment, you may not change the elected Annuity Payment
Option. No surrender charge will be assessed under any Annuity Payment Option,
unless unscheduled withdrawals are made under Variable Annuity Payment Options
K or L. The MVA will apply to any amounts held in the MVA that we applied to
any Annuity Payment Option. See the MVA prospectus for more information.

  With the exception of the Fixed Annuity Payment Options and Annuity Payment
Option L, each annuity payment will be based upon the value of the annuity
units credited to the contract. The number of annuity units in each investment
option to be credited is based on the value of the Accumulation Units in that
investment option and the applicable annuity payment rate. The contract is
issued with guaranteed minimum annuity payment rates, however, if the current
rate is higher, we'll apply the higher rate. The annuity payment rate differs
according to the Annuity Payment Option selected and the age of the
Annuitant(s). The annuity payment rate is applied and will determine all
annuity payments for the fixed Annuity Payment Options and the first annuity
payment for the variable Annuity Payment Options. The value of the annuity
units will vary with the investment performance of each investment option to
which annuity units are credited.

  The initial annuity payment will be calculated based on an assumed investment
return of 4.5% per year. This rate is a fulcrum return around which variable
annuity payments will vary to reflect whether actual investment experience of
the investment option is better or worse than the assumed investment return.
The assumed investment return is set at the time of your first annuity payment.
If investment performance is higher than the assumed investment return, your
subsequent annuity payments will be larger than your first annuity payment.
However, if investment performance is lower than the assumed investment rate,
your subsequent annuity payments will be less than the first annuity payment.
If the assumed and actual investment performances are the same, your annuity
payments will be level. The assumed investment return and the calculation of
variable annuity payments for a 10-year period certain variable payment life
annuity and for Annuity Payment Options J and K described below are described
in more detail in the contract and in the SAI.

  The level of annuity payments payable under the following Annuity Payment
Options is based upon the option selected.

  In addition, factors such as the age at which annuity payments begin, the
form of annuity, annuity payment rates, assumed investment rate (for variable
annuity payments) and the frequency of annuity payments will affect the level of

                                      55



annuity payments. The longer the duration and more frequent the payments, the
lower the annuity payment amount.

  The assumed investment rate is 4.5% per year. We use this rate to determine
the first annuity payment under Variable Annuity Payment Options I, J, K, M and
N. Under Option L, We determine the amount of the annual distribution by
dividing the amount of Contract Value as of the payment calculation date by the
life expectancy of the Annuitant or the joint life expectancy of the Annuitant
and Joint Annuitant at that time.

  We deduct a daily charge for mortality and expense risks and a daily
administrative fee from Contract Values held in the investment options. For
more information, see "Charges For Mortality and Expense Risks" and "Charges
for Administrative Services." Therefore, electing Option K will result in a
deduction being made even though we assume no mortality risk under that option.

  The following are descriptions of the Annuity Payment Options available under
a contract. These descriptions should allow you to understand the basic
differences between the options, however, you should contact our Annuity
Operations Division well in advance of the date you wish to elect an option to
obtain estimates of annuity payments under each option.

Option A--Life Annuity with Specified Period
  A fixed payout annuity payable monthly while the Annuitant is living or, if
later, the end of the specified period certain. The period certain may be
specified as 5, 10, or 20 years. The period certain must be specified at the
time this option is elected.

Option B--Non-Refund Life Annuity
  A fixed payout annuity payable monthly while the Annuitant is living. No
monthly payment, death benefit or refund is payable after the death of the
Annuitant.

Option C--[Reserved]

Option D--Joint and Survivor Life Annuity
  A fixed payout annuity payable monthly while either the Annuitant or Joint
Annuitant is living. You must designate the Joint Annuitant at the time you
elect this option. The Joint Annuitant must be at least age 40 on the first
payment calculation date.

Option E--Installment Refund Life Annuity
  A fixed payout annuity payable monthly while the Annuitant is living. If the
Annuitant dies before the annuity payments made under this option total an
amount which refunds the entire amount applied under this option, we will make
a lump sum payment equal to the entire amount applied under this option less
the sum of payments already made.

Option F--Joint and Survivor Life Annuity with 10-Year Period Certain
  A fixed payout annuity payable monthly while either the Annuitant or joint
Annuitant is living, or if later, the end of 10 years. You must designate the
Joint Annuitant at the time you elect this option. The Joint Annuitant must be
at least age 40 on the first payment calculation date.

Option G--Payments for Specified Period
  A fixed payout annuity payable monthly over a specified period of time.
Payments continue whether the Annuitant lives or dies. The specified period
must be in whole numbers of years from 5 to 30, but cannot be greater than 100
minus the age of the Annuitant. However, if the beneficiary of any death
benefits payable under this contract elects this payment option, the period
selected by the beneficiary may not extend beyond the life expectancy of such
beneficiary.

Option H--Payments of Specified Amount
  Equal income installments of a specified amount are paid until the principal
sum remaining under this option from the amount applied is less than the amount
of the installment. When that happens, the principal sum remaining will be paid
as a final payment. The amount specified must provide for payments for a period
of at least 5 years.

Option I--Variable Life Annuity with 10-Year Period Certain
  A variable payout annuity payable monthly while the Annuitant is living or,
if later, for ten years. If the beneficiary of any death benefits payable under
this contract elects this option, the period certain will equal the shorter of
10 years or the life expectancy of such beneficiary.

Option J--Joint Survivor Variable Life Annuity with 10-Year Period Certain
  A variable payout annuity payable monthly while either the Annuitant or joint
Annuitant is living, or if later, the end of 10 years. You must designate the
Joint Annuitant at the time you elect this option. The Joint Annuitant must be
at least age 40 on the first payment calculation date. This option is not
available for the payment of any death benefit under this contract.

Option K--Variable Annuity for a Specified Period
  A variable payout annuity payable monthly over a specified period of time.
Payments continue whether the Annuitant lives or dies. The specified period
must be in whole numbers of years from 5 to 30, but cannot be greater than 100
minus the age of the Annuitant. However, if the beneficiary of any death
benefits payable under this contract elects this payment option, the period
selected by the beneficiary may not extend beyond the life expectancy of such
beneficiary. This option also provides for unscheduled withdrawals. An
unscheduled withdrawal will reduce the number of fixed annuity units in each
investment option and affect the amount of future payments. For details, see
"Variable Annuity Payments" and "Calculation of Annuity Payments" in the SAI.

Option L--Variable Life Expectancy Annuity
  This option provides a variable income which is payable over the Annuitant's
annually recalculated life expectancy or the annually recalculated life
expectancy of the Annuitant and joint Annuitant. This option also provides for
unscheduled withdrawals. An unscheduled withdrawal will reduce the Contract
Value and affect the amount of future payments. Upon the death of the Annuitant
(and joint Annuitant, if applicable), any remaining Contract Value will be paid
in a lump sum to the beneficiary. For details, see "Variable Annuity Payments"
and "Calculation of Annuity Payments" in the SAI.

                                      56



Option M--Unit Refund Variable Life Annuity
  This option provides variable monthly payments as long as the Annuitant
lives. In the event of the death of the Annuitant, the monthly payments will
stop and the beneficiary will receive a lump sum payment equal to the value of
the remaining annuity units. This value is equal to the sum of the number of
remaining annuity units for each investment option multiplied by the current
Annuity Unit Value for that investment option. The number of remaining annuity
units for each investment option will be calculated as follows:

1.the net amount in the investment option applied under this option on the
  first payment calculation date divided by the corresponding Annuity Unit
  Value on that date, minus

2.the sum of the annuity units released from the investment option to make the
  payments under this option.

  You may not transfer any assets under Annuity Payment Option M, unless we
agree otherwise.

Option N--Variable Non-Refund Life Annuity
  A variable payout annuity payable monthly while the Annuitant is living. No
monthly payment, death benefit or refund is payable after the death of the
Annuitant.

Other Options and Rates
  We may offer other annuity payment options at the time a contract reaches its
Maturity Date. In addition, in the event that annuity payment rates for
contracts are at that time more favorable than the applicable rates guaranteed
under the contract, the then current settlement rates shall be used in
determining the amount of any annuity payment under the Annuity Payment Options
above.

Other Conditions
  Federal income tax requirements currently applicable to most qualified plans
provide that the period of years guaranteed under joint and survivorship
annuities with specified periods certain (see "Option F" and "Option J" above)
cannot be any greater than the joint life expectancies of the payee and his or
her spouse.

  Federal income tax requirements also provide that participants in regular or
SIMPLE IRAs must begin minimum distributions by April 1 of the year following
the year in which they attain age 70 1/2. Minimum distribution requirements do
not apply to Roth IRAs. Distributions from qualified plans generally must begin
by the later of actual retirement or April 1 of the year following the year
participants attain age 70 1/2. Any required minimum distributions must be such
that the full amount in the contract will be distributed over a period not
greater than the participant's life expectancy or the combined life expectancy
of the participant and his or her spouse or designated beneficiary.
Distributions made under this method are generally referred to as Life
Expectancy Distributions ("LEDs"). An LED program is available to participants
in qualified plans or IRAs. Requests to elect this program must be made in
writing.

  Under the LED program, regardless of contract year, amounts up to the
required minimum distribution may be withdrawn without a deduction for
surrender charges, even if the minimum distribution exceeds the free withdrawal
amount. See "Surrender Charges." Any amounts withdrawn that have not been held
under a contract for at least nine years and are in excess of both the minimum
distribution and the free withdrawal amount will be subject to any applicable
surrender charge.

  If the initial monthly annuity payment under an annuity payment option would
be less than $20, we may make a single sum payment equal to the Contract Value
on the date the initial annuity payment would be payable, in place of all other
benefits provided by the contract, or may make periodic annuity payments
quarterly, semiannually or annually in place of monthly annuity payments.

  Currently, transfers between investment options are available for amounts
allocated to any of the variable annuity payment options except Annuity Payment
Option M.

Payment Upon Death After Maturity Date
  If an owner dies on or after the Maturity Date and there is no surviving
owner, any remaining certain period annuity payments will be paid to the
beneficiary under the annuity payment option in effect on the date of death.
Generally, payments may not be deferred or otherwise extended. (For information
regarding the Inherited/Stretch Annuity feature of this contract, see the
section of this prospectus entitled "Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature.") If
there is a surviving owner, the payments continue as if there had been no death.

  If the Annuitant and joint Annuitant, if any, die and are survived by any
owner(s), any remaining certain period annuity payments will be paid to such
owner(s). Payments will continue under the annuity payment option in effect at
the date of death and may not be deferred or otherwise extended.

Variable Account Valuation Procedures
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Valuation Date
  A Valuation Date is every day the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open
for trading and we are open for business. However, transaction processing may
be postponed for the following reasons:

1.the NYSE is closed or may have closed early;

2.the SEC has determined that a state of emergency exists; or

3.on days when a certain market is closed (e.g., the U.S. Government bond
  market is closed on Columbus Day and Veteran's Day).

  The NYSE Board of Directors reserves the right to change the NYSE schedule as
conditions warrant. On each Valuation Date, the value of the Separate Account
is determined at the close of the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. eastern time).

Valuation Period
  Valuation period is that period of time from the beginning of the day
following a Valuation Date to the end of the next following Valuation Date.

                                      57



Accumulation Unit Value
  The value of one Accumulation Unit was set at $1.000 on the date assets were
first allocated to an investment option. The value of one Accumulation Unit on
any subsequent Valuation Date is determined by multiplying the immediately
preceding Accumulation Unit Value by the applicable net investment factor for
the valuation period ending on such Valuation Date. After the first valuation
period, the Accumulation Unit Value reflects the cumulative investment
experience of that investment option.

Net Investment Factor
  The net investment factor for any valuation period is equal to 1.000 plus the
applicable net investment rate for such valuation period. A net investment
factor may be more or less than 1.000 depending on whether the assets gained or
lost value that day. To determine the net investment rate for any valuation
period for the funds allocated to each investment option, the following steps
are taken: (a) the aggregate accrued investment income and capital gains and
losses, whether realized or unrealized, of the investment option for such
valuation period is computed, (b) the amount in (a) is then adjusted by the sum
of the charges and credits for any applicable income taxes and the deductions
at the beginning of the valuation period for mortality and expense risk fees
and daily administration fee, and (c) the results of (a) as adjusted by (b) are
divided by the aggregate unit values in the investment option at the beginning
of the valuation period.

Service Providers
  Under an Administrative and Accounting Services Agreement between PNC Global
Investment Servicing ("PNC") (formerly PFPC, INC.) and the Company, PNC
provides certain services related to the Separate Account. These services
include computing investment option unit value for each investment option of
the Separate Account on each valuation date, preparing annual financial
statements for the Separate Account, filing the Separate Account annual reports
on Form N-SAR with the SEC, and maintaining certain books and records required
by law on behalf of the Separate Account. The principal business address of PNC
is 301 Bellevue Parkway, 2/nd/ Floor, Wilmington, DE.

  Under a contract with Phoenix Life Insurance Company ("PLIC"), Ibbotson
Associates provides certain asset allocation services, including a risk
tolerance questionnaire to assist the policy owner, for use in conjunction with
the policy. The principal business address of Ibbotson Associates is 225 North
Michigan, 7/th/ Floor, Chicago, Il.

  Under a contract with PLIC, Tata Consulting Services augments our U.S. based
staff in processing premium payments, investment option transfers, asset
allocation changes, changes of address, and issuance of new variable annuity
business. The principal business address of Tata Consulting Services is 101
Park Avenue, 26/th/ Floor, New York, NY.

Miscellaneous Provisions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assignment
  Owners of contracts issued in connection with non-tax qualified plans may
assign their interest in the contract to a spouse or a grantor trust. This
assignment may result in taxable income to the Contract Owner. We will not be
on notice of such an assignment unless we receive written notice of such
assignment filed with our Annuity Operations Division.

  A pledge or assignment of a contract is treated as payment received on
account of a partial surrender of a contract. For more information, see
"Surrenders or Withdrawals Prior to the Contract Maturity Date." Transfer of
ownership will nullify the original death benefit option and the death benefit
option will become Death Benefit Option 1.

  In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment, contracts issued in
connection with tax qualified plans or IRAs may not be sold, assigned,
discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the
performance of an obligation, or for any other purpose, to any person.

Payment Deferral
  Payment of the Contract Value, attributable to the Separate Account, in a
single sum upon a withdrawal or full surrender of the contract will ordinarily
be made within 7 days after receipt of the written request by our Annuity
Operations Division. However, we may postpone payment of the value of any
Accumulation Units at times (a) when the NYSE is closed, other than customary
weekend and holiday closings, (b) when trading on the NYSE is restricted,
(c) when an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities in the
Series is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the Contract Value or (d) when a governmental body having
jurisdiction over us by order permits such suspension. Rules and regulations of
the SEC, if any, are applicable and will govern as to whether conditions
described in (b), (c) or (d) exist.

  Payment of the Contract Value attributable to the GIA may be deferred for 6
months from the date of receipt of a withdrawal or surrender request at our
Annuity Operations Division. If payment is delayed for more than 10 days, we
will credit additional interest at a rate equal to that paid under Annuity
Options G and H.

  Federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering
might, in certain circumstances require us to block a contract owner's ability
to make certain transactions and, as a result, we may refuse to accept requests
for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders or death benefits, until we are so
instructed by the appropriate regulator. We may also be required to provide
additional information about you and your contract to government regulators.

Free Look Period

  We may mail the contract to you or we may deliver it to you in person. You
may return a contract for any reason within ten days after you receive it and
receive in cash the Contract Value plus any charges made under this contract as


                                      58




of the date of cancellation (A longer Free Look Period may be required by your
state). You may receive more or less than the initial premium payment depending
on investment experience within the investment options during the Free Look
Period. If a portion or all of your initial premium payment has been allocated
to the GIA, we also will refund any earned interest. If a portion or all of
your initial premium payment has been allocated to the MVA, we will apply the
Market Value Adjustment that can increase or decrease your initial premium
payment. If applicable state law requires a return of premium payments, we will
return the greater of original premium payments paid less any withdrawals or
the Contract Value plus any applicable charges made under this contract.

  We have applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for
permission to deduct any Premium Enhancements made to your Contract upon the
Contract's cancellation during the free look period (as well as under other
circumstances described in this prospectus). We will not deduct Premium
Enhancements upon cancellation of the Contract unless, and if applicable, until
the SEC grants us permission.

  If we receive permission from the SEC, we will deduct Premium Enhancements
(adjusted for investment option, GIA and MVA performance in certain cases) from
payments made to you as a result of Contract cancellation. If applicable state
law provides for a return of Contract Value, we will return to you your
adjusted premium payments plus any charges, and less any applicable Premium
Enhancement made under this Contract as of the date of cancellation. If
applicable state law requires a return of premium, we will return to you the
greater of; 1) premium payments paid less any withdrawals and Premium
Enhancements credited to the contract, or 2) adjusted premium payments plus any
charges, and less any applicable adjusted Premium Enhancement made under this
contract as of the date of cancellation. In this case, both the premium
payments and the Premium Enhancement will be proportionately adjusted for
investment option, GIA, and MVA performance.

  In the case that Contract Value is returned, the Contract Owner bears the
investment risk on any premium payments made and any Premium Enhancement
credited. In the case that a premium is returned, the Company bears the
investment risk on any Premium Enhancement. You should know that in a declining
market, your Contract Value may be even less than your initial investment. The
Company bears the investment risk on any Premium Enhancement where either
Contract Value or premium is returned.


Amendments to Contracts
  Contracts may be amended to conform to changes in applicable law or
interpretations of applicable law, or to accommodate design changes. Changes in
federal or state tax law may require a change in contract administration. Upon
any such tax law change, we will administer the contract so that it will be in
continued compliance with applicable provisions of any state or federal tax
law. Changes in the contract may need to be approved by Contract Owners and
state insurance departments. A change in the contract that necessitates a
corresponding change in the prospectus or the SAI must be filed with the SEC.

Substitution of Fund Shares
  If, in the judgment of PHL Variable's management, one or more of the funds
becomes unsuitable for investment by Contract Owners, we reserve the right to
substitute Accumulation Units of another investment option for Accumulation
Units already purchased or to be purchased in the future by premium payments
under this contract. Any substitution will be subject to approval by the SEC,
if required, and where required one or more state insurance departments.

Ownership of the Contract
  Ordinarily, the purchaser of a contract is both the owner and the Annuitant
and is entitled to exercise all the rights under the contract. However, the
owner may be an individual or entity other than the Annuitant. More than one
owner may own a contract as joint owner. Transfer of the ownership of a
contract may involve federal income tax consequences, and a qualified advisor
should be consulted before any such transfer is attempted.


Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature
  This Contract provides for an Inherited/Stretch Annuity Feature that may be
requested by the beneficiary of a deceased Contract Owner's interest. Under
this Feature we will administer the Contract to accommodate an inherited or
"stretch" payout. A stretch payout is a method in which the death benefit is
paid out over a period of time, which is generally based upon the life
expectancy of the beneficiary. By electing a stretch payout, a death benefit
beneficiary can "stretch" payments over his or her life expectancy rather than
receive the entire death benefit in one lump sum or within five years of the
Contract Owner's death. The amount of each stretch payment will be at least the
required minimum distribution ("RMD") required under the Internal Revenue Code
and its accompanying rules and regulations (see "Federal Income Taxes").
Electing a "stretch" payout may provide tax advantages to the beneficiary.

  This Feature is available to an individual or trust beneficiary of an
Individual Retirement Account (IRA), (including a Roth IRA), or Qualified Plan
or to an individual beneficiary of a Non-Qualified contract. Certain
limitations, considerations and tax implications apply to this Feature and may
differ depending upon whether you have a IRA/Qualified or Non-Qualified Plan
and whether the beneficiary is an individual or a trust. A beneficiary does not
retain the same rights under the contract as the deceased Owner.

  If this Feature is elected, we will calculate the RMD under the Internal
Revenue Code ("Code") and its accompanying rules and regulations and will
distribute this calculated amount to the beneficiary. However, it is the
responsibility of the beneficiary to ensure that the correct RMD is actually
withdrawn from the contact each year.

  The following guidelines will apply when we administer this Feature:

..  We will calculate the RMD each year in accordance with the Code using the
   Fair Market Value (year-end account


                                      59




 value, plus any actuarial value assigned to living benefits) of the account.

..  With certain limitations, a beneficiary's share of the death benefit will be
   distributed over his or her life expectancy, based on IRS tables. If there
   are multiple beneficiaries and a separate beneficiary account is not
   established by December 31/st/ of the calendar year following the year of
   death, the death benefit will be distributed over the life expectancy of the
   oldest beneficiary.

..  For a Non-Qualified contract, if the deceased Owner had begun receiving
   annuitization proceeds, the RMD payments will be based on the life
   expectancy of the deceased Owner at the time of death.

..  If the beneficiary is a non-natural person under an IRA/Qualified plan, and
   the deceased Owner died after his or her required beginning distribution
   date, we will use the remaining life expectancy of the deceased to compute
   remaining payments.

..  The annual RMD must be withdrawn each year. For a Non-Qualified contract,
   the first RMD must be distributed no later than the anniversary of the
   deceased Owner's date of death. For IRAs/Qualified plans, the first RMD must
   be distributed on or before December 31/st/ of the calendar year following
   the year of the deceased's death.

..  For an IRA/Qualified plan, if the beneficiary is a surviving spouse, the
   surviving spouse beneficiary can postpone RMDs until the year the deceased
   spouse would have turned 70 1/2. In the alternative, the spouse can also add
   the IRA/Qualified plan proceeds to his or her own IRA and delay RMDs until
   the surviving spouse turns 70 1/2.

..  For a Non-Qualified contract, if the beneficiary is a surviving spouse, the
   surviving spouse can take the contract as his or her own and delay RMDs
   until the surviving spouse's death.

..  The RMD may be paid on an installment basis with the payment frequency
   chosen by the beneficiary; in all cases, the RMDs must be paid at least
   annually.

..  In addition to RMD amounts, additional funds may be withdrawn from the
   Contract. Any withdrawal in excess of the RMD may be subject to a surrender
   charge (see the sections of this prospectus entitled "Summary of Expenses"
   and "Surrender of Contracts and Withdrawals").

..  The beneficiary who elects this Feature may continue or change the funding
   vehicle that the deceased Owner selected.

  For more information regarding our administration of this feature, please see
your Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Request and Acknowledgment Form. This
feature may not be suitable for some beneficiaries. We are not providing tax,
financial or legal advice. You should consult with your financial professional
and tax adviser to determine whether this feature is right for you. This
feature may not be available in all states.


Federal Income Taxes
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Introduction
  The contracts are designed for use with retirement plans which may or may not
be tax-qualified plans ("qualified plans") or Individual Retirement Annuities
(IRAs) under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, (the "Code").
The ultimate effect of federal income taxes on the amounts held under a
contract, on annuity payments and on the economic benefits of the Contract
Owner, Annuitant or beneficiary depends on our income tax status, on the type
of retirement plan for which the contract is purchased, and upon the income tax
and employment status of the individual concerned.

  The following discussion is general in nature and is not intended as
individual tax advice. The income tax rules are complicated and this discussion
is intended only to make you aware of the issues. Each person should consult an
independent tax advisor. No attempt is made to consider any estate or
inheritance taxes or any applicable state, local or other tax laws. Moreover,
the discussion is based upon our understanding of the federal income tax laws
as they are currently interpreted. No representation is made regarding the
likelihood of continuation of the federal income tax laws or the current
interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). We do not
guarantee the tax status of the contracts or any transactions involving the
contracts either currently or in the future. Purchasers bear the complete risk
that the contracts may not be treated as "annuity contracts" under federal
income tax laws. From time to time, there are proposals in Congress that would
impact the taxation of annuity contracts and/or qualified plans; if enacted,
these changes could be retroactive. At this time, we do not have any specific
information about any pending proposals that could affect this contract. For a
discussion of federal income taxes as they relate to the funds, please see the
fund prospectuses.

Income Tax Status
  We are taxed as a life insurance company under Part 1 of Subchapter L of the
Code. Since the Separate Account is not a separate entity from PHL Variable and
its operations form a part of PHL Variable, it will not be taxed separately as
a "regulated investment company" under Subchapter M of the Code. Investment
income and realized capital gains on the assets of the Separate Account are
reinvested and taken into account in determining the Contract Value. Under
existing federal income tax law, the Separate Account's investment income,
including realized net capital gains, is not taxed to us. We reserve the right
to make a deduction for taxes should they be imposed on us with respect to such
items in the future.

Taxation of Annuities in General--Nonqualified Plans
  Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities. In general, a Contract
Owner is not taxed on increases in value of the units held under a contract
until some form of distribution is made. However, in certain cases, the
increase in value may be subject to tax currently. See "Distribution-at-Death
Rules," "Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons," "Owner Control" and
"Diversification Standards" below.

                                      60



  As the owner of the contract, you may elect one of the available death
benefit guarantees under the contract. One or more of the options available
may, in some cases, exceed the greater of the sum of premium payments or the
Contract Value. The IRS may take the position with respect to these death
benefit guarantees that they are not part of the annuity contract. In such a
case, the charges against the cash value of the annuity contract or charges
withheld from a rollover for the benefits would be considered distributions
subject to tax, including penalty taxes, and charges withheld from purchase
payments for the contract would not be deductible. If the IRS were to take this
position, we would take all reasonable steps to avoid this result, which would
include the right to amend the contract, with appropriate notice to you. You
should consult with your tax advisor before electing a death benefit guarantee
under this contract or any amendments, benefits or endorsements to the contract.

Surrenders or Withdrawals Prior to the Contract Maturity Date
  Code Section 72 provides that a withdrawal or surrender of the contract prior
to the contract Maturity Date will be treated as taxable income to the extent
the amounts held under the contract exceeds the "investment in the contract."
The "investment in the contract" is that portion, if any, of purchase payments
by or on behalf of an individual under a contract that have not been excluded
from the individual's gross income. The taxable portion is taxed as ordinary
income in an amount equal to the value of the amount received in excess of the
"investment in the contract" on account of a withdrawal or surrender of a
contract. For purposes of this rule, a pledge, loan or assignment of a contract
is treated as a payment received on account of a withdrawal from a contract.

Surrenders or Withdrawals On or After the Contract Maturity Date
  Upon receipt of a lump sum payment under the contract, the recipient is taxed
on the portion of the payment that exceeds the investment in the contract.
Ordinarily, such taxable portion is taxed as ordinary income.

  For amounts received as an annuity, which are amounts payable at regular
intervals over a period of more than one full year from the date on which they
are deemed to begin, the taxable portion of each payment is determined by using
a formula known as the "exclusion ratio," which establishes the ratio that the
investment in the contract bears to the total expected amount of annuity
payments for the term of the contract. That ratio is then applied to each
payment to determine the non-taxable portion of the payment. The remaining
portion of each payment is taxed as ordinary income. For variable annuity
payments, the taxable portion is determined by a formula that establishes a
specific dollar amount of each payment that is not taxed. The dollar amount is
determined by dividing the investment in the contract by the total number of
expected periodic payments. The remaining portion of each payment is taxed as
ordinary income.

  Once the excludable portion of annuity payments equals the investment in the
contract, the balance of the annuity payments will be fully taxable. For
certain types of qualified plans, there may be no investment in the contract
resulting in the full amount of the payments being taxable. For annuities
issued in connection with qualified employer retirement plans, a simplified
method of determining the exclusion ratio applies. This simplified method does
not apply to IRAs.

  Withholding of federal income taxes on all distributions may be required
unless the recipient properly elects not to have any amounts withheld and
notifies our Annuity Operations Division of that election on the required forms
and under the required certifications. Certain contract owners cannot make this
election.

Penalty Tax on Certain Surrenders and Withdrawals-- Nonqualified Contracts
  Amounts surrendered, withdrawn or distributed before the taxpayer reaches age
59 1/2 are subject to a penalty tax equal to ten percent (10%) of the portion
of such amount that is includable in gross income. However, the penalty tax
will not apply to withdrawals: (i) made on or after the death of the Contract
Owner (or where the Contract Owner is not an individual, the death of the
"primary Annuitant," defined as the individual the events in whose life are of
primary importance in affecting the timing and amount of the payout under the
contract); (ii) attributable to the taxpayer's becoming totally disabled within
the meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7); (iii) which are part of a Series of
substantially equal periodic payments made (not less frequently than annually)
for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer, or the joint lives (or joint
life expectancies) of the taxpayer and his or her beneficiary; (iv) from
certain qualified plans (such distributions may, however, be subject to a
similar penalty under Code Section 72(t) relating to distributions from
qualified retirement plans and to a special penalty of 25% applicable
specifically to SIMPLE IRAs or other special penalties applicable to Roth
IRAs); (v) allocable to investment in the contract before August 14, 1982;
(vi) under a qualified funding asset (as defined in Code Section 130(d));
(vii) under an immediate annuity contract (as defined in Code
Section 72(u)(4)); or (viii) that are purchased by an employer on termination
of certain types of qualified plans and which are held by the employer until
the employee separates from service.

  Separate tax withdrawal penalties apply to qualified plans. See "Penalty Tax
on Certain Surrenders and Withdrawals from Qualified Plans."

Additional Considerations

Distribution-at-Death Rules
  In order to be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax
purposes, a contract must provide the following two distribution rules: (a) if
the Contract Owner dies on or after the contract Maturity Date, and before the
entire interest in the contract has been distributed, the remainder of the
Contract Owner's interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as the method
in effect on the Contract Owner's death; and (b) if a Contract Owner dies
before the contract Maturity Date, the Contract Owner's entire interest
generally must be distributed within five (5) years after the date of death, or
if

                                      61



payable to a designated beneficiary, may be annuitized over the life or life
expectancy of that beneficiary and payments must begin within one (1) year
after the Contract Owner's date of death. If the beneficiary is the spouse of
the Contract Owner, the contract (together with the deferral of tax on the
accrued and future income thereunder) may be continued in the name of the
spouse as Contract Owner. Similar distribution requirements apply to annuity
contracts under qualified plans. However, a number of restrictions, limitations
and special rules apply to qualified plans and Contract Owners should consult
with their tax advisor.

  If the primary Annuitant, which is not the Contract Owner, dies before the
Maturity Date, the owner will become the Annuitant unless the owner appoints
another Annuitant. If the Contract Owner is not an individual, the death of the
primary Annuitant is treated as the death of the Contract Owner. In addition,
when the Contract Owner is not an individual, however, a change in the primary
Annuitant is treated as the death of the Contract Owner. Finally, in the case
of non-spousal joint Contract Owners, distribution will be required at the
earliest death of any of the Contract Owners.

  If the Contract Owner or a joint Contract Owner dies on or after the Maturity
Date, the remaining payments, if any, under the Annuity Payment Option selected
will be made at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect
at the time of death.

  Any death benefits paid under the contract are taxable to the beneficiary at
ordinary rates to the extent amounts exceed investment in the contract. The
rules governing the taxation of payments from an annuity contract, as discussed
above, generally apply whether the death benefits are paid as lump sum or
annuity payments. Estate taxes may also apply.

Transfer of Annuity Contracts
  Transfers of nonqualified contracts prior to the Maturity Date for less than
full and adequate consideration to the Contract Owner at the time of such
transfer, will trigger taxable income on the gain in the contract, with the
transferee getting a step-up in basis for the amount included in the Contract
Owner's income. This provision does not apply to transfers between spouses or
transfers incident to a divorce.

Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons
  If a non-natural person (for example, a corporation) holds the contract, the
income on that contract (generally the increase in the net surrender value less
the premium payments paid) is includable in income each year. The rule does not
apply where the non-natural person is an agent for a natural person, such as a
trust in which the beneficial owner is a natural person. The rule also does not
apply where the annuity contract is acquired by the estate of a decedent, where
the contract is held under a qualified plan, a TSA program or an IRA, where the
contract is a qualified funding asset for structured settlements, or where the
contract is purchased on behalf of an employee upon termination of a qualified
plan.

Section 1035 Exchanges
  Code Section 1035 provides, in general, that no gain or loss shall be
recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract for another. A replacement
contract obtained in a tax-free exchange of contracts generally succeeds to the
status of the surrendered contract. For non-qualified contracts, the contract
proceeds must be transferred directly from one insurer to another insurer; they
cannot be sent to the policyowner by the original insurer and then transmitted
from the policyowner to the new insurer. For IRA and qualified plan contracts,
the proceeds can be transmitted through the policyowner if specific conditions
are met. Exchanges are permitted of the entire contract or a portion of the
contract. Numerous rules and procedures apply to Code Section 1035
transactions. Prospective Contract Owners wishing to take advantage of Code
Section 1035 should consult their tax advisors.

Multiple Contracts
  Code Section 72(e)(12)(A)(ii) provides that for purposes of determining the
amount of any distribution under Code Section 72(e) (amounts not received as
annuities) that is includable in gross income, all annuity contracts issued by
the same insurer (or affiliate) to the same Contract Owner during any calendar
year are to be aggregated and treated as one contract. Thus, any amount
received under any such contract prior to the contract Maturity Date, such as a
withdrawal, dividend or loan, will be taxable (and possibly subject to the 10%
penalty tax) to the extent of the combined income in all such contracts.

  The U.S. Treasury Department has specific authority to issue regulations that
prevent the avoidance of Code Section 72(e) through the serial purchase of
annuity contracts or otherwise. In addition, there may be situations where the
Treasury may conclude that it would be appropriate to aggregate two or more
contracts purchased by the same Contract Owner. Accordingly, a Contract Owner
should consult a competent tax advisor before purchasing more than one contract
or other annuity contracts in the same year.

Owner Control
  For variable contracts, tax deferral depends on the insurance company and not
you having control of the assets held in the separate accounts. You can
allocate Account Values from one fund of the separate account to another but
you cannot direct the investments each fund makes. If you have too much
"investor control" of the assets supporting the separate account funds, then
you will be taxed on the gain in the contract as it is earned rather than when
it is withdrawn.

  In 2003, the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in Revenue Ruling 2003-91,
issued formal guidance that indicates that if the number of underlying mutual
funds available in a variable insurance product does not exceed 20, the number
of underlying mutual funds alone would not cause the contract to not qualify
for the desired tax treatment. The IRS has also indicated that exceeding 20
investment options may be considered a factor, along with other factors,
including the number of transfer opportunities available under the contract,

                                      62



when determining whether the contract qualifies for the desired tax treatment.
The Revenue Ruling did not indicate the actual number of underlying mutual
funds that would cause the contract to not provide the desired tax treatment
but stated that whether the owner of a variable contract is to be treated as
the owner of the assets held by the insurance company under the contract will
depend on all of the facts and circumstances.

  The Revenue Ruling considered certain variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts and held that the types of actual and potential control
that the Contract Owners could exercise over the investment assets held by the
insurance company under the variable contracts was not sufficient to cause the
Contract Owners to be treated as the owners of those assets and thus to be
subject to current income tax on the income and gains produced by those assets.
Under this contract, like the contracts described in the Revenue Ruling, there
will be no arrangement, plan, contract, or agreement between the Contract Owner
and PHL Variable regarding the availability of a particular investment option
and, other than the Contract Owner's right to allocate premium payments and
transfer funds among the available investment options, all investment decisions
concerning the investment options will be made by us or an advisor in its sole
and absolute discretion.

  At this time, it cannot be determined whether additional guidance will be
provided by the U.S. Treasury on this issue and what standards may be contained
in such guidance. Should the U.S. Treasury issue additional rules or
regulations limiting the number of underlying mutual funds, transfers between
or among underlying mutual funds, exchanges of underlying mutual funds or
changes in investment objectives of underlying mutual funds such that the
contract would no longer qualify for tax deferred treatment under section 72 of
the Internal Revenue Code, PHL Variable reserves the right to modify the
contract to the extent required to maintain favorable tax treatment.

Diversification Standards

Diversification Regulations
  To comply with the diversification regulations under Code Section 817(h)
("Diversification Regulations"), after a start-up period, each Series of the
funds will be required to diversify its investments. The Diversification
Regulations generally require that, on the last day of each calendar quarter,
the Series' total assets be invested in no more than:

..  55% in any 1 investment

..  70% in any 2 investments

..  80% in any 3 investments

..  90% in any 4 investments

  A "look-through" rule applies to treat a pro rata portion of each asset of a
Series as an asset of the Separate Account, and each Series of the funds are
tested for compliance with the percentage limitations. All securities of the
same issuer are treated as a single investment. Each government agency or
instrumentality will be treated as a separate issuer for purposes of these
limitations.

  The Treasury Department has indicated that the Diversification Regulations do
not provide exclusive guidance regarding the circumstances in which Contract
Owner control of the investments of the Separate Account will cause the
Contract Owner to be treated as the owner of the assets of the Separate
Account, thereby resulting in the loss of favorable tax treatment for the
contract. We represent that we intend to comply with the Diversification
Regulations to assure that the contracts continue to be treated as annuity
contracts for federal income tax purposes.

Diversification Regulations and Qualified Plans
  Code Section 817(h) applies to a variable annuity contract other than a
pension plan contract. The Diversification Regulations reiterate that the
diversification requirements do not apply to a pension plan contract. All of
the qualified plans (described below) are defined as pension plan contracts for
these purposes. Notwithstanding the exception of qualified plan contracts from
application of the diversification rules, all investments of the PHL Variable
Qualified Plan Contracts (i.e., the funds) will be structured to comply with
the diversification standards because the funds serve as the investment vehicle
for nonqualified contracts as well as qualified plan contracts.

Taxation of Annuities in General--Qualified Plans
  The contracts may be used with several types of IRAs and qualified plans:
Section 403(b) contracts (also referred to as Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs) or
Tax-Deferred Annuities (TDAs)), Roth 403(b) contracts, Traditional IRAs, SEP
IRAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SARSEP IRAs, Roth IRAs, Corporate Pension and Profit-sharing
Plans and State Deferred Compensation Plans will be treated, for purposes of
this discussion, as qualified plans. The tax rules applicable to participants
in such qualified plans vary according to the type of plan and the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. No attempt is made here to provide more than
general information about the use of the contracts with the various types of
qualified plans. PHL Variable reserves the right at any time to discontinue the
availability of this contract for use with qualified plans. Participants under
such qualified plans as well as Contract Owners, Annuitants and beneficiaries,
are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under such
qualified plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans
themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of the terms and conditions
of the contract issued in connection therewith. For example, PHL Variable will
accept beneficiary designations and payment instructions under the terms of the
contract without review as to whether spousal consent may be required under the
Retirement Equity Act ("REA"). Consequently, a Contract Owner's beneficiary
designation or elected annuity payment option that does not follow the REA may
not be enforceable.

  As the owner of the contract, you may elect one of the available death
benefit guarantees under the contract. We are of the opinion that the death
benefit guarantees available under the contract are part of the annuity
contract. One or more of the death benefit guarantees available may exceed the
greater of the sum of premium payments or the Contract

                                      63



Value. The contract and its amendments, benefits or endorsements (together
referred to herein as the "contract") have not been reviewed by the IRS for
qualification as an IRA or any other qualified plan. Moreover, the IRS has not
addressed in a ruling of general applicability whether a death benefit option
such as those available under the contract complies with the qualification
requirements for an IRA or any other qualified plan. The language in the
endorsements is intended to comply with the IRS model language provided under
the List of Required Modifications (LRMs). There is no IRS requirement that the
endorsements be approved by the IRS.

  There is a risk that the IRS would take the position that one or more of the
death benefit guarantees are not part of the annuity contract. In such a case,
charges against the cash value of the annuity contract or charges withheld from
a rollover for the benefits would be considered distributions subject to tax,
including penalty taxes, and charges withheld from purchases for the contract
would not be deductible. While we regard the death benefit guarantees available
for your election under the contract as a permissible benefit under an IRA, the
IRS may take a contrary position regarding tax qualification resulting in
deemed distributions and penalty taxes. If the IRS were to take this position,
we would take all reasonable steps to avoid this result, which would include
the right to amend the contract, with appropriate notice to you. You should
consult with your tax advisor before electing a death benefit option under this
contract for an IRA or other qualified plan.

  Certain death benefit guarantees may be purchased under your contract. IRA's
and other qualified contracts generally may not invest in life insurance
contracts. If you own an IRA or other qualified contract and purchase these
death benefit guarantees, the IRS may consider these benefits "incidental death
benefits." The Code imposes limits on the amount of the incidental death
benefits allowable for qualified contracts. If the death benefit(s) selected
are considered to exceed these limits, the benefit(s) could result in taxable
income to the owner of the IRA or qualified contract. Furthermore, the Code
provides that the assets of an IRA (including a traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP
IRA and SIMPLE IRA) may not be invested in life insurance, but may provide, in
the case of death during the accumulation phase, for a death benefit payment
equal to the greater of sum of premium payments (less withdrawals) or Contract
Value. This contract offers death benefits, which may exceed the greater of sum
of premium payments (less withdrawals) or Contract Value. If the IRS determines
that these benefits are providing life insurance, the contract may not qualify
as an IRA (including traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA) or
other qualified contract. That determination could result in the immediate
taxation of amounts held in the contract and the imposition of penalty taxes.
You should consult your tax advisor regarding these features and benefits prior
to purchasing a contract.

  Distributions from qualified plans, including Section 403(b) Contracts
eligible to be rolled over to new contracts but which are paid to the
policyowner directly generally will be subject to 20 percent income tax
withholding. Mandatory withholding can be avoided only if the employee arranges
for a direct rollover to another qualified pension or profit-sharing plan or to
an IRA.

  The mandatory withholding rules apply to all taxable distributions from
qualified plans or TSAs (not including IRAs), except (a) distributions required
under the Code, (b) substantially equal distributions made over the life (or
life expectancy) of the employee, or for a term certain of 10 years or more and
(c) the portion of distributions not includable in gross income (i.e., return
of after-tax contributions).

  The contracts sold by PHL Variable in connection with certain qualified plans
will utilize annuity tables that do not differentiate on the basis of sex. Such
annuity tables also will be available for use in connection with certain
nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

  Numerous changes have been made to the income tax rules governing qualified
plans as a result of legislation enacted during the past several years,
including rules with respect to: coverage, participation, maximum
contributions, required distributions, penalty taxes on early or insufficient
distributions and income tax withholding on distributions. The following are
general descriptions of the various types of qualified plans and of the use of
the contracts in connection therewith.

Tax Sheltered Annuities ("TSAs"), Tax Deferred Annuities ("TDAs"),
Section 403(b)
  Code Section 403(b) permits public school systems and certain types of
charitable, educational and scientific organizations, generally specified in
Code Section 501(c)(3), to purchase annuity contracts on behalf of their
employees and, subject to certain limitations, allows employees of those
organizations to exclude the amount of payments from gross income for federal
income tax purposes. These annuity contracts are commonly referred to as TSAs,
TDAs, or 403(b)s.

  Code Section 403(b)(11) imposes certain restrictions on a Contract Owner's
ability to make withdrawals from, or surrenders of, Code Section 403(b)
Contracts, if the cash withdrawn is attributable to payments made under a
salary reduction agreement. Specifically, Code Section 403(b)(11) allows a
Contract Owner to make a surrender or withdrawal only (a) when the employee
attains age 59/ 1//2, separates from service, dies or becomes disabled (as
defined in the Code), or (b) in the case of hardship. In the case of hardship,
the distribution amount cannot include any income earned under the contract.
Code Section 403(b)(11), applies only with respect to distributions from Code
Section 403(b) Contracts which are attributable to assets other than assets
held as of the close of the last year beginning before January 1, 1989. Thus,
the distribution restrictions do not apply to assets held as of December 31,
1988.

  In addition, in order for certain types of contributions under a Code
Section 403(b) Contract to be excluded from taxable income, the employer must
comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements. The responsibility for

                                      64



compliance is with the employer and not with the issuer of the underlying
annuity contract. If certain contractual requirements are met, loans may be
made available under Internal Revenue Code Section 403(b) tax-sheltered annuity
programs. A loan from a participant's Contract Value may be requested only if
we make loans available with the contract and if the employer permits loans
under their tax-sheltered annuity program. There are specific limits in the
Code on the amount of the loan and the term of the loan. It is not the
responsibility of the contract issuer such as PHL Variable to monitor
compliance with these requirements.

  If we are directed by the participant, the loan may be taken from specific
investment options. Otherwise, the loan is taken proportionately from all
investment options. The loan must be at least $1,000 and the maximum loan
amount is the greater of: (a) 90% of the first $10,000 of Contract Value minus
any withdrawal charge; and (b) 50% of the Contract Value minus any withdrawal
charge. The maximum loan amount is $50,000. If loans are outstanding from any
other tax-qualified plan, then the maximum loan amount of the contract may be
reduced from the amount stated above in order to comply with the maximum loan
amount requirements under Section 72(p) of the Code. Amounts borrowed from the
GIA are subject to the same limitations as applies to transfers from the GIA;
thus no more than the greatest of $1000 and 25% of the Contract Value in the
GIA may be borrowed at any one time. Amounts borrowed from the Market Value
Adjustment ("MVA") account are subject to the same market value adjustment as
applies to transfers from the MVA.

  Interest will be charged on the loan, in the amount set forth in the
contract. This interest is payable to Phoenix.

  Loan repayments will first pay any accrued loan interest. The balance will be
applied to reduce the outstanding loan balance and will also reduce the amount
of the Loan Security Account by the same amount that the outstanding loan
balance is reduced. The Loan Security Account is part of the general account
and is the sole security for the loan. It is increased with all loan amounts
taken and reduced by all repayments of loan principal. The balance of loan
repayments, after payment of accrued loan interest, will be credited to the
investment options of the Separate Account or the GIA in accordance with the
participant's most recent premium payments allocation on file with us, except
that no amount will be transferred to the MVA.

  Under Code section 72(p), if a loan payment is not paid within 90 days after
the payment was due, then the entire loan balance plus accrued interest will be
in default. In the case of default, the outstanding loan balance plus accrued
interest will be deemed a distribution for income tax purposes, and will be
reported as such pursuant to Internal Revenue Code requirements. At the time of
such deemed distribution, interest will continue to accrue until such time as
an actual distribution occurs under the contract.

Keogh Plans
  The Self-Employed Individual Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended permitted
self-employed individuals to establish "Keoghs" or qualified plans for
themselves and their employees. The tax consequences to participants under such
a plan depend upon the terms of the plan. In addition, such plans are limited
by law with respect to the maximum permissible contributions, distribution
dates, nonforfeitability of interests, and tax rates applicable to
distributions. In order to establish such a plan, a plan document must be
adopted and implemented by the employer, as well as approved by the IRS.

Individual Retirement Annuities
  Code Sections 408 and 408A permit eligible individuals to contribute to
individual retirement programs known as "Traditional IRAs", "Roth IRAs", "SEP
IRA", "SARSEP IRA", "SIMPLE IRA", and "Deemed IRAs". Each of these different
types of IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed,
the persons who may be eligible and on the time when distributions may
commence. In addition, distributions from certain other types of qualified
plans may be placed on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA. Participant loans are
not allowed under IRA contracts. Details about each of these different types of
IRAs are included in the respective contract endorsements.

Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
  Code Section 401(a) permits corporate employers to establish various types of
retirement plans for employees.

  These retirement plans may permit the purchase of the contracts to provide
benefits under the Plan. Contributions to the Plan for the benefit of employees
will not be includable in the gross income of the employee until distributed
from the Plan. The tax consequences to participants may vary depending upon the
particular Plan design. However, the Code places limitations and restrictions
on all Plans, including on such items as: amount of allowable contributions;
form, manner and timing of distributions; transferability of benefits; vesting
and nonforfeitability of interests; nondiscrimination in eligibility and
participation; and the tax treatment of distributions, withdrawals and
surrenders. Purchasers of contracts for use with Corporate Pension or
Profit-sharing Plans should obtain independent tax advice as to the tax
treatment and suitability of such an investment.

Deferred Compensation Plans With Respect to Service for State and Local
Governments and Tax Exempt Organizations
  Code Section 457 provides for certain deferred compensation plans with
respect to service for state and local governments and certain other entities.
The contracts may be used in connection with these plans; however, under these
plans if issued to tax exempt organizations, the Contract Owner is the plan
sponsor, and the individual participants in the plans are the Annuitants. Under
such contracts, the rights of individual plan participants are governed solely
by their agreements with the plan sponsor and not by the terms of the contracts.

Tax on Surrenders and Withdrawals from Qualified Plans and IRAs
  In the case of a withdrawal under a qualified plan, a ratable portion of the
amount received is taxable, generally based on

                                      65



the ratio of the individual's after-tax cost basis to the individual's total
accrued benefit under the retirement plan. Special tax rules may be available
for certain distributions from a qualified plan. For many qualified plans, the
individual will have no after-tax contributions and the entire amount received
will be taxable. For Roth IRAs, if certain conditions are met regarding holding
periods and age of the policyowner, the withdrawals are received without tax.


  Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the taxable portion of
any distribution from qualified retirement plans, including contracts issued
and qualified under Code Sections 401, Section 403(b) Contracts, (and
Individual Retirement Annuities other than Roth IRAs). The penalty is increased
to 25% instead of 10% for SIMPLE IRAs if distribution occurs within the first
two years of the Contract Owner's participation in the SIMPLE IRA. These
penalty taxes are in addition to any income tax due on the distribution.


  To the extent amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible qualified plan; no
tax penalty will be imposed. The tax penalty will not apply to the following
distributions: (a) if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) reaches age 59 1/2;
(b) distributions following the death or disability of the Contract Owner or
Annuitant (as applicable) (for this purpose disability is as defined in
Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after separation from service, distributions
that are part of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently
than annually for the life (or life expectancy) of the Contract Owner or
Annuitant (as applicable) or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
such Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) and his or her designated
beneficiary; (d) distributions to a Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable)
who has separated from service after he has attained age 55; (e) distributions
made to the Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) to the extent such
distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a deduction under Code
Section 213 to the Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) for amounts paid
during the taxable year for medical care; (f) distributions made to an
alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order;
(g) distributions from an IRA for the purchase of medical insurance (as
described in Section 213(d)(1)(D) of the Code) for the Contract Owner and his
or her spouse and dependents if the Contract Owner has received unemployment
compensation for at least 12 weeks. This exception will no longer apply after
the contract owner has been reemployed for at least 60 days; (h) distributions
from IRAs for first-time home purchase expenses (maximum $10,000) or certain
qualified educational expenses of the Contract Owner, spouse, children or
grandchildren of the Contract Owner; and (i) distributions from retirement
plans to individuals called to active military. The exceptions stated in items
(d) and (f) above do not apply in the case of an IRA. The exception stated in
item (c) applies to an IRA without the requirement that there be a separation
from service.

  Generally, distributions from a qualified plan or IRA must commence no later
than April 1 of the calendar year following the later of: (a) the year in which
the employee attains age 70 1/2 or (b) the calendar year in which the employee
retires. The date set forth in (b) does not apply to a Traditional or SIMPLE
IRA and the required distribution rules do not apply to Roth IRAs. This
commencement date is referred to as the "required beginning date." Required
distributions must be over a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the
individual or the joint lives or life expectancies of the individual and his or
her designated beneficiary. If the required minimum distributions are not made,
a 50% penalty tax is imposed as to the amount not distributed.

  The amount that must be distributed is based on Code rules relating to
"Required Minimum Distributions." This RMD takes into consideration the
individual's age, marital status, and account balance, as well as the actuarial
value of additional benefits under the contract. The individual will have
options regarding computation of the RMD amount; these options are selected at
the time that the payments begin.

  An individual is required to take distributions from all of his or her
retirement accounts; however, if the individual has two or more accounts, the
total amount of RMDs can be taken from one of the multiple accounts. For
example, if the individual has a traditional IRA and a section 403(b) contract,
the individual will have an RMD amount relating to each of these retirement
vehicles. The individual can take the total of two RMDs from either or both of
the two contracts.

  We are required to file an information return to the IRS, with a copy to the
participant, of the total account value of each account. This information
return will also indicate if RMDs are required to be taken.

  In addition to RMDs during the life of the individual, there are also
required after-death distributions. These after-death RMDs apply to all
qualified plans and IRAs, including Roth IRAs. The beneficiary of the contract
may take payments earlier than provided under these after-death RMD rules, such
as immediately after death, but cannot delay receipt of payments after the
dates specified under these rules.

  Under the after-death RMD rules, if the original owner died prior to the
required beginning date, and designated a contract beneficiary, then the full
account value must be distributed either by the end of the fifth calendar year
after the year of the owner's death or over a period of no longer than the life
expectancy of the oldest individual beneficiary. If the payments are to be over
the life expectancy, the first payment must be received by December 31/st/ of
the year following the year of death. If the owner did not name a contract
beneficiary or if the beneficiary was a non-natural person (such as an entity
or the owner's estate), then the life expectancy payouts are not permitted and
only the five-year rule is permitted.

  If the owner died after the required beginning date and designed a contract
beneficiary, then the maximum payout period is the longer of the life
expectancy of the named beneficiary or the remaining life expectancy of the
original contract owner. If the owner did not name a contract

                                      66



beneficiary or if the beneficiary was a non-natural person (such as an entity
or the owner's estate), then the only payment permitted is based on the
remaining life expectancy of the original owner.

  In all cases, if the beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the original
owner, there are special spousal continuation rules under which the spouse can
treat the contract as his or her own and delay receiving payments until the
spouse attains his or her own required beginning date.

Spousal Definition
  Under the Internal Revenue Code, the special provisions relating to a
"spouse" relate only to persons considered as spouses under the Defense of
Marriage Act (DOMA), Pub. L. 104-199. Under this Act, a spouse must be a man or
a woman legally joined. Individuals married under State or foreign laws that
permit a marriage between two men or two women are not spouses for purposes of
the Internal Revenue Code. Individuals participating in a civil union or other
like status are not spouses for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code.

Seek Tax Advice
  The above description of federal income tax consequences of the different
types of qualified plans which may be funded by the contracts offered by this
prospectus is only a brief summary meant to alert you to the issues and is not
intended as tax advice. The rules governing the provisions of qualified plans
and IRAs are extremely complex and often difficult to comprehend. Anything less
than full compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are subject to
change, may have adverse tax consequences. A prospective Contract Owner
considering adoption of a qualified plan and purchase of a contract in
connection therewith should first consult a qualified tax advisor, with regard
to the suitability of the contract as an investment vehicle for the qualified
plan or IRA.

Sales of Variable Accumulation Contracts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  PHL Variable has designated Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation ("PEPCO") to
serve as the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered
through this Prospectus, pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement.
PEPCO, which is an affiliate of the PHL Variable, also acts as the principal
underwriter and distributor of other variable annuity contracts and variable
life insurance policies issued by the PHL Variable and its affiliated
companies. PHL Variable reimburses PEPCO for expenses PEPCO incurs in
distributing the Contracts (e.g. commissions payable to retail broker-dealers
who sell the Contracts). PEPCO does not retain any fees under the Contracts;
however, PEPCO may receive 12b-1 fees from the underlying funds.

  PEPCO's principal executive offices are located at 56 Prospect Street,
Hartford, Connecticut 06103-2836. PEPCO is registered as a broker-dealer with
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as well as the securities commissions in the states in which it
operates, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or
("FINRA") (formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. or NASD).

  PEPCO and PHL Variable enter into selling agreements with broker-dealers who
are registered with the SEC and are members of the FINRA, and with entities
that may offer the Contracts but are exempt from registration. Applications for
the Contract are solicited by registered representatives who are associated
persons of such broker-dealer firms. Such representatives act as appointed
agents of PHL Variable under applicable state insurance law and must be
licensed to sell variable insurance products. PHL Variable intends to offer the
Contract in all jurisdictions where it is licensed to do business and where the
Contract is approved. The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis.

Compensation
  Broker-dealers who have selling agreements with PEPCO and PHL Variable are
paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. Registered
representatives who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion
of the compensation payable to the broker-dealer firm, depending on the
agreement between the firm and the registered representative. A broker-dealer
firm or registered representative of a firm may receive different compensation
for selling one product over another and/or may be inclined to favor or
disfavor one product provider over another product provider due to differing
compensation rates.

  The compensation schedule may differ between the contracts that elect the
Premium Enhancement feature and the contracts that do not. We generally pay
compensation as a percentage of purchase payments invested in the Contract.
Alternatively, we may pay lower compensation on purchase payments but pay
periodic asset-based compensation in all or some years based on all or a
portion of the Contract Value. The amount and timing of compensation may vary
depending on the selling agreement and the payment option selected by the
broker- dealer and/or the registered representative but is not expected to
exceed 6.0% of purchase payments if up-front compensation is paid to registered
representatives). Broker-dealer firms may receive up to 6% of purchase payments
(if up-front compensation is elected) and up to 1.00% annually of contract
value (if asset based compensation is paid). In addition, Equity Services
Incorporated, an affiliate of National Life of Vermont, is paid an additional
0.15% on assets on an annual basis in arrears, beginning in 2007. Also, we pay
Linsco Private Ledger Corporation and certain of its affiliates up to 0.09% on
an annual basis on assets held in variable annuities issued by the Company and
its insurance company affiliates.

  To the extent permitted by FINRA rules, overrides and promotional incentives
or cash and non-cash payments also may be provided to such broker-dealers based
on sales volumes, the assumption of wholesaling functions, or other
sales-related criteria. Additional payments may be made for other services not
directly related to the sale of the contract, including the recruitment and
training of personnel, production of promotional literature and similar
services.

  This Contract does not assess a front-end sales charge, so you do not
directly pay for sales and distribution expenses. Instead, you indirectly pay
for sales and distribution expenses

                                      67



through the overall charges and fees assessed under the Contract. For example,
any profits PHL Variable may realize through assessing the mortality and
expense risk charge under your Contract may be used to pay for sales and
distribution expenses. PHL Variable may also pay for sales and distribution
expenses out of any payments PHL Variable or PEPCO may receive from the
underlying funds for providing administrative, marketing and other support and
services to the underlying funds. If your Contract assesses a surrender charge,
proceeds from this charge may be used to reimburse PHL Variable for sales and
distribution expenses. No additional sales compensation is paid if you select
any optional benefits under your Contract.

  We have unique arrangements for compensation with select broker-dealer firms
based on the firm's aggregate or anticipated sales of contracts or other
factors. We enter into such arrangements at our discretion and we may negotiate
customized arrangements with firms based on various criteria. As such, special
compensation arrangements are not offered to all broker-dealer firms.
Compensation payments made under such arrangements will not result in any
additional charge to you.

  PHL Variable and PEPCO have also entered into so-called preferred
distribution arrangements with certain broker-dealer firms. These arrangements
have sometimes been called "shelf space" arrangements. Under these
arrangements, PHL Variable and PEPCO pay separate, additional compensation to
the broker-dealer firm for services the broker-dealer provides in connection
with the distribution of the PHL Variable's products. The payments are made
from the Company's general assets and they may be significant. The
broker-dealer may realize a profit on these payments. These services may
include providing PHL Variable with access to the distribution network of the
broker-dealer, the hiring and training of the broker-dealer's sales personnel,
the sponsoring of conferences and seminars by the broker-dealer, or general
marketing services performed by the broker-dealer. The broker-dealer may also
provide other services or incur other costs in connection with distributing PHL
Variable's products.

  Any such compensation payable to a broker-dealer firm will be made by PEPCO
or PHL Variable out of their own assets and will not result in any additional
direct charge to you. Such compensation may cause the broker-dealer firm and
its registered representatives to favor PHL Variable's products. PHL Variable
and PEPCO have entered into a preferred distribution arrangement with Sigma
Financial Corporation, State Farm VP Management Corporation ("State Farm"),
Linsco/Private Ledger Corporation ("LPL"), Janney Montgomery Scott, LLC, CUSO
Financial Services, Sammons Securities, and Equity Services, Incorporated, an
affiliate of National Life of Vermont. Also, State Farm distributes PHL
Variable products as its exclusive unaffiliated variable annuity to its
customers.

  We may periodically establish compensation specials whereby we pay a higher
amount for sales of a contract during a specified period. While a compensation
special is in effect, registered representatives may be inclined to favor a
product that pays a higher compensation over another product where a
compensation special is not in effect.

Servicing Agent
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Phoenix Edge Series Fund reimburses Phoenix Life Insurance Company for
various shareholder services provided by the Annuity Operations Division, PO
Box 8027, Boston, MA 02266-8027. The functions performed include investor
inquiry support, shareholder trading, confirmation of investment activity,
quarterly statement processing and Web/Interactive Voice Response trading. The
rate of reimbursement for 2008 is 0.058% of the fund's average daily net
assets. The total administrative service fees paid by the fund for the last
three fiscal years follow:

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Year Ended December 31,                       Fee Paid
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 2005                               $1.9 million
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 2006                               $1.5 million
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 2007                               $1.7 million
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

State Regulation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  We are subject to the provisions of the Connecticut insurance laws applicable
to life insurance companies and to regulation and supervision by the
Connecticut Superintendent of Insurance. We are also subject to the applicable
insurance laws of all the other states and jurisdictions in which it does an
insurance business.

  State regulation of PHL Variable includes certain limitations on the
investments that may be made for its General Account and separate accounts,
including the Separate Account. It does not include, however, any supervision
over the investment policies of the Separate Account.

Reports
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Reports showing the Contract Value will be furnished to you at least annually.

Voting Rights
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  As stated above, all of the assets held in an available investment option
will be invested in shares of a corresponding Series of the funds. We are the
legal owner of those shares and as such have the right to vote to elect the
Board of Trustees of the funds, to vote upon certain matters that are required
by the 1940 Act to be approved or ratified by the shareholders of a mutual fund
and to vote upon any other matter that may be voted upon at a shareholders'
meeting. We will send you or, if permitted by law, make available
electronically, proxy material, reports and other materials relevant to the
investment options in which you have a voting interest. In order to vote you
must complete the proxy form and return it with your voting instructions. You
may also be able to vote your interest by telephone or over the Internet if
such instructions are included in the proxy material. We will

                                      68



vote all of the shares we own on your behalf, in accordance with your
instructions. We will vote the shares for which we do not receive instructions,
and any other shares we own, in the same proportion as the shares for which we
do receive instructions. This process may result in a small number of
contractowners controlling the vote.

  In the future, to the extent applicable federal securities laws or
regulations permit us to vote some or all shares of the fund in its own right,
it may elect to do so.

  Matters on which owners may give voting instructions may include the
following: (1) election or removal of the Board of Trustees of a fund;
(2) ratification of the independent accountant for a fund; (3) approval or
amendment of the investment advisory agreement for the Series of the fund
corresponding to the owner's selected investment option(s); (4) any change in
the fundamental investment policies or restrictions of each such Series; and
(5) any other matter requiring a vote of the shareholders of a fund. With
respect to amendment of any investment advisory agreement or any change in a
Series' fundamental investment policy, owners participating in such Series will
vote separately on the matter.

  The number of votes that you have the right to cast will be determined by
applying your percentage interest in an investment option to the total number
of votes attributable to the investment option. In determining the number of
votes, fractional shares will be recognized. The number of votes for which you
may give us instructions will be determined as of the record date for fund
shareholders chosen by the Board of Trustees of a fund.

Texas Optional Retirement Program
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program may not receive the
proceeds of a withdrawal from, or complete surrender of, a contract, or apply
them to provide annuity payment options prior to retirement except in the case
of termination of employment in the Texas public institutions of higher
education, death or total disability. Such proceeds, however, may be used to
fund another eligible retirement vehicle.

The Phoenix Companies, Inc.--Legal Proceedings about Company Subsidiaries
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  We are regularly involved in litigation and arbitration, both as a defendant
and as a plaintiff. The litigation and arbitration naming us as a defendant
ordinarily involves our activities as an insurer, investor, investment advisor,
or taxpayer. It is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of
all legal or arbitration proceedings or to provide reasonable ranges of
potential losses. We believe that the outcomes of our litigation and
arbitration matters are not likely, either individually or in the aggregate, to
have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition.
However, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these
matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation and arbitration, it is
possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time,
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in
particular quarterly or annual periods.

  State regulatory bodies, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and other regulatory bodies
regularly make inquiries of us and, from time to time, conduct examinations or
investigations concerning our compliance with, among other things, insurance
laws and securities laws. We endeavor to respond to such inquiries in an
appropriate way and to take corrective action if warranted.

  In 2005, the Boston District Office of the SEC conducted a compliance
examination of certain of PNX's affiliates that are registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
Following the examination, the staff of the Boston District Office issued a
deficiency letter primarily focused on perceived weaknesses in procedures for
monitoring trading to prevent market timing activity. The staff requested PNX
to conduct an analysis as to whether shareholders, policyholders and contract
holders who invested in the funds that may have been affected by undetected
market timing activity had suffered harm and to advise the staff whether PNX
believes reimbursement is necessary or appropriate under the circumstances. A
third party was retained to assist PNX in preparing the analysis. Based on this
analysis, PNX advised the SEC that it does not believe that reimbursement is
appropriate.

  Over the past several years, a number of companies have announced settlements
of enforcement actions with various regulatory agencies, primarily the SEC and
the New York Attorney General's Office. While no such action has been initiated
against us, it is possible that one or more regulatory agencies may pursue this
type of action against us in the future. Financial services companies have also
been the subject of broad industry inquiries by state regulators and attorneys
general which do not appear to be company-specific.

  These types of regulatory actions may be difficult to assess or quantify, may
seek recovery of indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages,
and the nature and magnitude of their outcomes may remain unknown for
substantial periods of time. While it is not feasible to predict or determine
the ultimate outcome of all pending inquiries, investigations, legal
proceedings and other regulatory actions, or to provide reasonable ranges of
potential losses, we believe that their outcomes are not likely, either
individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial condition. However, given the large or indeterminate
amounts sought in certain of these actions and the inherent unpredictability of
regulatory matters, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters
could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on our results of
operation or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

                                      69



SAI Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The SAI contains more specific information and financial statements relating
to the Separate Account and PHL Variable. The Table of Contents of the SAI is
set forth below:

..  PHL Variable Insurance Company
..  Underwriter
..  Services
..  Information Sharing Agreements
..  Performance History
..  Calculation of Yield and Return
..  Calculation of Annuity Payments
..  Experts
..  Separate Account Financial Statements
..  Company Financial Statements

  Contract Owner inquiries and requests for an SAI should be directed, in
writing, to our Annuity Operations Division, or by calling us at 800/541-0171.

                                      70



APPENDIX A - Investment Options
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                    Fund Name                                        Investment Objective
                                                 
AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund                  Growth of capital

















- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AllianceBernstein VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy      To maximize total return consistent with the Adviser's
Portfolio                                           determination of reasonable risk
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AllianceBernstein VPS Wealth Appreciation Strategy  Long-term growth of capital
Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DWS Equity 500 Index VIP                            Seeks to replicate, as closely as possible, before the
                                                    deduction of expenses, the performance of the
                                                    Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index,
                                                    which emphasizes stocks of large U.S. companies
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DWS Small Cap Index VIP                             Seeks to replicate, as closely as possible, before the
                                                    deduction of expenses, the performance of the
                                                    Russell 2000(R) Index, which emphasizes stocks of
                                                    small US companies.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Fund for U.S. Government Securities II    Current income by investing primarily in a diversified
                                                    portfolio of U.S. government and government agency
                                                    securities
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated High Income Bond Fund II                  High current income by investing primarily in a
                                                    professionally managed, diversified portfolio of high
                                                    yield, lower rated corporated bonds (also known as
                                                    "Junk Bonds")
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio                Long-term capital appreciation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio         Capital growth
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio                       Capital appreciation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio        As high a level of current income as is consistent with
                                                    the preservation of capital

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund            Capital appreciation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income Securities Fund                     Maximize income while maintaining prospects for
                                                    capital appreciation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio                High current income and the opportunity for capital
                                                    appreciation to produce a high total return
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Growth and Income Portfolio             Long-term growth of capital and income without
                                                    excessive fluctuations in market value
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value Portfolio                 Capital appreciation through investments, primarily in
                                                    equity securities which are believed to be undervalued
                                                    in the marketplace
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mutual Shares Securities Fund                       Capital appreciation with income as a secondary goal
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neuberger Berman AMT Small Cap Growth Portfolio     Long term capital growth

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neuberger Berman AMT Guardian Portfolio             Long term growth of capital; current income is a
                                                    secondary goal
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA            Capital appreciation by investing in securities of well-
                                                    known, established companies
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                    Fund Name                             Investment Advisor / Subadvisor
                                                 
AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund                  Aim Advisors, Inc.
                                                     Subadvisor(s):
                                                      Invesco Trimark Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.;
                                                      Invesco Global Asset Management
                                                      (N.A.), Inc.;
                                                      Invesco Institutional
                                                      (N.A.), Inc.;
                                                      Invesco Senior Secured
                                                      Management, Inc.;
                                                      Invesco Hong Kong Limited;
                                                      Invesco Asset Management
                                                      Limited;
                                                      Invesco Asset Management
                                                      (Japan) Limited;
                                                      Invesco Asset Management
                                                      Deutschland, GmbH; and
                                                      Invesco Australia Limited
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AllianceBernstein VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy      AllianceBernstein L.P.
Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AllianceBernstein VPS Wealth Appreciation Strategy  AllianceBernstein L.P.
Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DWS Equity 500 Index VIP                            Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
                                                     Subadvisor: Northern Trust Investments, N.A


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DWS Small Cap Index VIP                             Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
                                                     Subadvisor: Northern Trust Investments, N.A


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Fund for U.S. Government Securities II    Federated Investment Management Company


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated High Income Bond Fund II                  Federated Investment Management Company



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio                Fidelity Management and Research Company
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio         Fidelity Management and Research Company
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio                       Fidelity Management and Research Company
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio        Fidelity Management and Research Company
                                                     Subadvisor: Fidelity Investments Money
                                                      Management, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund            Franklin Advisers, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income Securities Fund                     Franklin Advisers, Inc.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio                Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Growth and Income Portfolio             Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value Portfolio                 Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mutual Shares Securities Fund                       Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neuberger Berman AMT Small Cap Growth Portfolio     Neuberger Berman Management Inc.
                                                     Subadvisor: Neuberger Berman, LLC
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neuberger Berman AMT Guardian Portfolio             Neuberger Berman Management Inc.
                                                     Subadvisor: Neuberger Berman, LLC
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA            OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      A-1






                     Fund Name                                         Investment Objective
                                                  
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA                Long-term capital appreciation by investing in
                                                     securities of foreign insurers, "growth-type"
                                                     companies, cyclical industries and special situations
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street Small-Cap Fund/VA            Capital appreciation
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Capital Growth Series                        Intermediate and long-term capital appreciation with
                                                     income as a secondary consideration
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Growth and Income Series                     Dividend growth, current income and capital
                                                     appreciation
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Mid-Cap Growth Series                        Capital appreciation

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Money Market Series                          As high a level of current income as is consistent with
                                                     the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series             Long-term total return

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Series          High current income while attempting to limit changes
                                                     in the series' net asset value per share caused by
                                                     interest rate changes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series                  High total return consistent with prudent investment
                                                     risk


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series                High total return consistent with reasonable risk

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Alger Small-Cap Growth Series                Long-term capital growth

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series  Capital appreciation and income with approximately
                                                     equal emphasis

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series:             Long-term capital growth
Aggressive Growth
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Growth      Long-term capital growth with current income as a
                                                     secondary consideration
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate    Current income with capital growth as a secondary
                                                     consideration
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series:             Long-term capital growth and current income with a
Moderate Growth                                      greater emphasis on capital growth
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Mid-Cap Value Series       Long-term capital appreciation with current income as
                                                     a secondary investment objective
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Small-Cap Value Series     Long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily
                                                     in small-capitalization stocks that appear to be
                                                     undervalued with current income as a secondary
                                                     investment objective
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Van Kampen Comstock Series                   Long-term capital appreciation with current income as
                                                     a secondary consideration

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Van Kampen Equity 500 Index Series           High total return


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO CommodityRealReturn/TM/ Strategy Portfolio     Seeks maximum real return consistent with prudent
                                                     investment management
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return Portfolio                          Seeks maximum real return, consistent with
                                                     preservation of real capital and prudent investment
                                                     management
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return Portfolio                         Seeks maximum total return, consistent with
                                                     preservation of capital and prudent investment
                                                     management
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Balanced Fund                           Seeks a combination of growth of capital and current
                                                     income, with relatively low risk and relatively low
                                                     fluctuations in value
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Bond Fund                               Seeks high current income while seeking to control
                                                     risk
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                     Fund Name                                 Investment Advisor / Subadvisor
                                                  
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA                OppenheimerFunds, Inc.


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street Small-Cap Fund/VA            OppenheimerFunds, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Capital Growth Series                        Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Harris Investment Management, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Growth and Income Series                     Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Mid-Cap Growth Series                        Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Neuberger Berman Management, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Money Market Series                          Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series             Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Series          Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series                  Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisors: Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. (fixed
                                                       income portion) Virtus Investment
                                                       Advisers, Inc. (equity portion)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series                Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Aberdeen Asset Management Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Alger Small-Cap Growth Series                Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Fred Alger Management, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series  Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Duff & Phelps Investment
                                                       Management Company
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series:             Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc. Limited Services
Aggressive Growth                                     Subadvisor: Ibbotson Associates, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Growth      Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc. Limited Services
                                                      Subadvisor: Ibbotson Associates, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series: Moderate    Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc. Limited Services
                                                      Subadvisor: Ibbotson Associates, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Dynamic Asset Allocation Series:             Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc. Limited Services
Moderate Growth                                       Subadvisor: Ibbotson Associates, Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Mid-Cap Value Series       Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: AllianceBernstein L.P.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Small-Cap Value Series     Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: AllianceBernstein L.P.


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Van Kampen Comstock Series                   Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Morgan Stanley Investment
                                                       Management Inc., d/b/a Van Kampen
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix-Van Kampen Equity 500 Index Series           Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.
                                                      Subadvisor: Morgan Stanley Investment
                                                       Management Inc., d/b/a Van Kampen
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO CommodityRealReturn/TM/ Strategy Portfolio     Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return Portfolio                          Pacific Investment Management Company LLC


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return Portfolio                         Pacific Investment Management Company LLC


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Balanced Fund                           Sentinel Asset Management, Inc.


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Bond Fund                               Sentinel Asset Management, Inc.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      A-2






                 Fund Name                                    Investment Objective
                                           
Sentinel VPT Common Stock Fund                Seeks a combination of growth of capital, current
                                              income, growth of income and relatively low risk as
                                              compared with the stock market as a whole
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Mid Cap Growth Fund              Seeks growth of capital
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Small Company Fund               Seeks growth of capital
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summit S&P MidCap 400 Index Portfolio         Seeks investment results that correspond to the total
                                              return performance of U.S. common stock, as
                                              represented by the S&P MidCap 400 Index
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund  Long-term capital appreciation
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund             Long-term capital growth
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth Securities Fund              Long-term capital growth
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Equity and Income Portfolio    Capital appreciation and current income
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger International Select                   Long-term growth of capital
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger International                          Long-term growth of capital
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger Select                                 Long-term growth of capital
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger USA                                    Long-term growth of capital
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                 Fund Name                         Investment Advisor / Subadvisor
                                           
Sentinel VPT Common Stock Fund                Sentinel Asset Management, Inc.


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Mid Cap Growth Fund              Sentinel Asset Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sentinel VPT Small Company Fund               Sentinel Asset Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summit S&P MidCap 400 Index Portfolio         Summit Investment Partners, Inc.


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund  Templeton Asset Management Ltd.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund             Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth Securities Fund              Templeton Global Advisors Limited
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Equity and Income Portfolio    Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger International Select                   Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger International                          Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger Select                                 Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wanger USA                                    Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      A-3



APPENDIX B - Deductions for Taxes - Qualified and Nonqualified Annuity Contracts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                  Upon           Upon
State                        Premium Payment Annuitization Nonqualified Qualified
- -----                        --------------- ------------- ------------ ---------
                                                            
California..................                       X           2.35%      0.50%

Florida.....................                       X           1.00       1.00

Maine.......................        X                          2.00/1/

Nevada......................                       X           3.50

South Dakota................        X                          1.25/2/

Texas.......................                       X           0.04/3/    0.04

West Virginia...............                       X           1.00       1.00

Wyoming.....................                       X           1.00

Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.                       X           1.00       1.00


NOTE:The above tax deduction rates are as of January 1, 2008. No tax deductions
     are made for states not listed above. However, tax statutes are subject to
     amendment by legislative act and to judicial and administrative
     interpretation, which may affect both the above lists of states and the
     applicable tax rates. Consequently, we reserve the right to deduct tax
     when necessary to reflect changes in state tax laws or interpretation.

     For a more detailed explanation of the assessment of taxes, see Deductions
     and Charges--Tax."

- -----------------

/1/ Maine changed its tax laws affecting annuities in 2003 retroactive to
    January 1, 1999. Under the revised statute, annuity premium payments are
    taxed upon premium payment for payments received on or after January 1,
    1999.

/2/ South Dakota law exempts premiums received on qualified contracts from
    premium tax. Additionally, South Dakota law provides a lower rate of 0.8%
    that applies to premium payments received in excess of $500,000 in a single
    calendar year.

/3/ Texas charges an insurance department "maintenance fee" of .04% on annuity
    considerations, but the department allows this to be paid upon
    annuitization.

                                      B-1



                                    PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits.

     (a) Financial Statements

         (1) The financial statements of the Registrant and the Report of
             Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereto are
             contained in the Registrant's Annual Report and are included in
             the Statement of Additional Information. The financial statements
             of the Registrant include: Statement of Assets and Liabilities as
             of December 31, 2007; Statement of Operations for the year ended
             December 31, 2007; Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the
             years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006; and Notes to Financial
             Statements.*

         (2) The financial statements of PHL Variable Insurance Company and the
             report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are
             contained in the Statement of Additional Information. The
             financial statements of PHL Variable Insurance Company include:
             Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2007 and 2006; Statement of
             Income, Comprehensive Income and Changes in Stockholder's Equity
             for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005; Statement of
             Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004;
             and Notes to Financial Statements.*

* To be filed by amendment.

     (b) Exhibits

         (1) Resolution of the Board of Directors of PHL Variable Insurance
             Company establishing the PHL Variable Accumulation Account is
             incorporated by reference to Initial Form N-4 (File
             No. 333-68164), filed via EDGAR on August 22, 2001.

         (2) Not Applicable.

         (3) Distribution of Contracts

             (a) Master Service and Distribution Compliance Agreement between
                 Depositor and Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation dated
                 November 1, 2000 is incorporated by reference to Form N-4
                 (File No. 033-87376) Post-Effective Amendment No. 17, filed
                 via EDGAR on April 30, 2002.

             (b) Form of Broker Dealer Supervisory and Service Agreement
                 between Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation and Independent
                 Brokers with respect to the sale of contracts is incorporated
                 by reference to Registration Statement Form N-4(File
                 No. 033-87376), Post-Effective Amendment No. 23, filed via
                 EDGAR, on April 25, 2005.

         (4) Contracts

             To be filed by amendment.

         (5) Application

             To be filed by amendment.

         (6) (a) Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PHL
                 Variable Insurance Company is incorporated by reference to
                 Initial Form N-4 (File No. 333-68164), filed via EDGAR on
                 August 22, 2001.

             (b) Amended and Restated Bylaws of PHL Variable Insurance Company,
                 effective May 16, 2002, is incorporated by reference to
                 Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 Form N-4 (File
                 No. 033-87376), filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004.

         (7) Not Applicable.

         (8) (a) Participation Agreements

                 (1) Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated
                     April 4, 2008 among PHL Variable Insurance Company, Wanger
                     Advisors Trust, Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLP and
                     Columbia Management Distributors, Inc. is incorporated by
                     reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to Form N-4
                     (File No. 333-123040) filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2008.

                 (2) (a) Participation Agreement as of May 1, 2000 among
                         Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust,
                         Franklin Templeton Distributors, Inc., Phoenix Home
                         Life Mutual Insurance Company, and PHL Variable
                         Insurance Company ("PHLVIC"), is incorporated by
                         reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 on Form
                         N-6 (File No. 333-81458), filed via EDGAR on April 30,
                         2004.

                                      1



                     (b) Amendment to Participation Agreement as of May 1, 2000
                         among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products
                         Trust, Franklin Templeton Distributors, Inc., Phoenix
                         Home Life Mutual Insurance Company and PHLVIC, is
                         incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                         No. 5 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-81458), filed via
                         EDGAR on April 30, 2004.

                     (c) Amendment to Participation Agreement as of May 3, 2004
                         by and among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
                         Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc.,
                         Phoenix Life Insurance Company and PHLVIC is
                         incorporated by reference to Registrant's
                         Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 on Form N-6 (File
                         No. 333-76778,) filed via EDGAR on April 27, 2006.

                     (d) Amendment No. 3 to Participation Agreement as of
                         May 1, 2006 by and among Franklin Templeton Variable
                         Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton
                         Distributors, Inc., Phoenix Life Insurance Company and
                         PHLVIC is incorporated by reference to Post Effective
                         Amendment No. 9 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-119916),
                         filed via EDGAR on August 14, 2006.

                     (e) Amendment No.4 to Participation Agreement as of May 1,
                         2007, by and among Franklin Templeton Variable
                         Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton
                         Distributors, Inc.,PHL Variable Insurance Company,
                         Phoenix Life Insurance Company, and Phoenix Equity
                         Planning Corporation is incorporated by reference to
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No.1 on Form N-6 (File
                         No.333-146301), filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2007.

                     (f) Amendment No. 5 dated March 1, 2008 to the
                         Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2000 among
                         Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust,
                         Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Phoenix Home
                         Mutual Life Insurance Company, and PHL Variable
                         Insurance Company is incorporated by reference to
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form N-4 (File
                         No. 333-147565), filed via EDGAR on April 4, 2008.

                 (3) Fund Participation Agreement dated July 15, 1999, among
                     PHL Variable Insurance Company, Insurance Series, and
                     Federated Securities Corp. is incorporated by reference to
                     Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 on Form S-6 (File
                     No. 333-65823), filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2002.

                 (4) (a) Fund Participation Agreement dated July 19, 1999 among
                         BT Insurance Funds Trust, Bankers Trust Company, and
                         PHL Variable Insurance Company ("PHLVIC") is
                         incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                         No. 2 on Form S-6 (File No. 333-65823), filed via
                         EDGAR on April 30, 2002.

                     (b) Amendment No. 1 to the Fund Participation Agreement
                         dated April 20, 2001 among Deutsche Asset Management
                         VIT Funds (formerly, BT Insurance Funds Trust),
                         Bankers Trust Company and PHLVIC is incorporated by
                         reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 on
                         Form S-6 (File No. 333-65823), filed via EDGAR on
                         April 30, 2002.

                     (c) Amendment No. 2 to the Fund Participation Agreement
                         dated October 29, 2001 among Deutsche Asset Management
                         VIT Funds, Deutsche Asset Management, Inc. and PHLVIC
                         is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
                         Amendment No. 2 on Form S-6 (File No. 333-65823),
                         filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2002.

                     (d) Amendment No. 3 dated February 1, 2008 to the Fund
                         Participation Agreement dated July 19, 1999 among PHL
                         Variable Insurance Company, DWS Investments VIT Funds
                         (formerly, Deutsche Asset Management VIT Funds and BT
                         Insurance Funds Trust) and Deutsche Investment
                         Management Americas Inc. (successor by merger to
                         Deutsche Asset Management, Inc.) is incorporated by
                         reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 on Form
                         N-4 (File No. 333-123040), filed via EDGAR on
                         April 30, 2008.

                 (5) Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2006 among PHL
                     Variable Insurance Company, The Universal Institutional
                     Funds, Inc., Morgan Stanley Distribution, Inc. and Morgan
                     Stanley Investment Management, Inc. is incorporated by
                     reference to Post Effective Amendment No. 9 on Form N-6
                     (File No. 333-119916), filed via EDGAR on August 14, 2006.

                 (6) Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated
                     April 1, 2008 by and among PHL Variable Insurance Company,
                     Fidelity Distributors Corporation, and each of Variable
                     Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund
                     II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III, and Variable
                     Insurance Products Fund IV and Variable Insurance Products
                     Fund V is incorporated by reference to Form N-4 (File
                     No. 333-147565), Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, filed via
                     EDGAR on April 4, 2008.

                                      2



                 (7) (a) Participation Agreement dated March 29, 2001 among PHL
                         Variable Insurance Company, AIM Variable Insurance
                         Funds, Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation and AIM
                         Distributors, Inc. is incorporated by reference to
                         Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 on Form S-6 (File
                         No. 333-65823), filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2002.

                     (b) Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement dated
                         February 1, 2008 by and among AIM Variable Insurance
                         Funds, AIM Distributors, Inc., PHL Variable Insurance
                         Company and Phoenix Equity Planning Corportion is
                         incorporated by reference to Form N-4 (File
                         No. 333-147565), Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, filed
                         via EDGAR on April 4, 2008.

                 (8) Fund Participation Agreement dated April 14, 2005 among
                     PHL Variable Insurance Company, Lord Abbett Series Fund,
                     Inc., and Lord Abbett Distributor LLC, is incorporated by
                     reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 on Form
                     N-4 (File No. 333-123040), filed via EDGAR on April 27,
                     2006.

                 (9) (a) Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2006 among PHL
                         Variable Insurance Company, Oppenheimer Variable
                         Account Funds and Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. is
                         incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                         No. 9 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-119916), filed via
                         EDGAR on August 11, 2006.

                     (b) Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement dated
                         February 1, 2008 among Oppenheimer Variable Accounts
                         Funds, Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. and PHL Variable
                         Insurance Company incorporated by reference to Form
                         N-4 (File No. 333-147565), Pre-Effective Amendment
                         No. 1, filed via EDGAR on April 4, 2008.

                (10) (a) Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2006 among PHL
                         Variable Insurance Company and Phoenix Life and
                         Annuity Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and
                         Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC is
                         incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                         No. 9 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-119916), filed via
                         EDGAR on August 14, 2006.

                     (b) Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement dated
                         February 1, 2008 by and among PHL Variable Insurance
                         Company, Phoenix Life and Annuity Company, PIMCO
                         Variable Insurance Trust, and Allianz Global Investors
                         Distributors LLC, is incorporated by reference to Form
                         N-4 (File No. 333-147565), Pre-Effective Amendment
                         No. 1, filed via EDGAR on April 4, 2008.

                (11) Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2006 among PHL
                     Variable Insurance Company and Phoenix Life and Annuity
                     Company, Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust and
                     Neuberger Berman Management, Inc. is incorporated by
                     reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 on Form N-6
                     (File No. 333-119916), filed via EDGAR on August 14, 2006.

                (12) (a) Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated
                         January 1, 2007, among The Phoenix Edge Series Fund,
                         Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance
                         Company, and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company, is
                         incorporated by reference to Form N-4 (File
                         No. 033-87376), filed via EDGAR on Post-Effective
                         No. 27, filed via EDGAR on February 20, 2007.

                     (b) Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Participation
                         Agreement dated March 1, 2008 by and among the Phoenix
                         Edge Series Fund, Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL
                         Variable Insurance Company, and Phoenix Life and
                         Annuity Company, is incorporated by reference to Form
                         N-4 (File No. 333-147565), Pre-Effective Amendment
                         No. 1, filed via EDGAR on April 4, 2008.

                (13) Participation Agreement dated September 7, 2007 among PHL
                     Variable Insurance Company, Sentinel Variable Products
                     Trust and Sentinel Financial Services Company is
                     incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                     No. 7 on Form N-4 (File No. 333-123040), filed via EDGAR
                     on September 7, 2007.

                (14) Participation Agreement dated April 1, 2008, among PHL
                     Variable Insurance Company, Phoenix Equity Planning
                     Corporation, AllianceBernstein LP and AllianceBernstein
                     Investments, Inc. is incorporated by reference to
                     Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 on Form N-4 (File
                     No. 333-123040), filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2008.

                (15) Participation Agreement dated February 1, 2008, among PHL
                     Variable Insurance Company, Phoenix Equity Planning
                     Corporation, Summit Mutual Funds, Inc., and Ameritas
                     Investment Corporation is incorporated by reference to
                     Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 on form N-4 (File
                     No. 333-123040), filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2008.

                     (b) Other Material Contracts.

                         (1) Amended and Restated Administration and Accounting
                             Services Agreement dated March 1, 2003 by and
                             between PHL Variable Insurance Company and PFPC,
                             INC. is incorporated by reference to
                             Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-4 (File
                             No. 333-123040), filed via EDGAR on September 7,
                             2007.

                                      3



                         (2) Amendment dated January 1, 2005 to Amended and
                             Restated Administration and Accounting Services
                             Agreement between PHL Variable Insurance Company
                             and PFPC, INC. is incorporated by reference to
                             Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-4 (File
                             No. 333-123040), filed via EDGAR on September 7,
                             2007.

                         (3) Information Sharing Agreements pursuant to Rule
                             22c-2 for the following funds: AIM Variable
                             Insurance Funds, AllianceBernstein LP, DWS Funds,
                             Federated Insurance Series,.Franklin Templeton
                             Variable Insurance Products Trust, Lord Abbett
                             Series Fund, Inc., Neuberger Berman Advisers
                             Management Trust, Oppenheimer Variable Account
                             Funds, Wanger Advisors Trust; and, The Universal
                             Institutional Funds are incorporated by reference
                             to Form N-4 (File No. 033-87376), Post-Effective
                             Amendment No. 29, filed via EDGAR on May 1, 2007.

                         (4) Information Sharing Agreement dated as of
                             September 7, 2007, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 between
                             Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable
                             Insurance Company, and Phoenix Life and Annuity
                             Company and the Sentinel Variable Products Trust
                             is incorporated by reference to Post-effective
                             Amendment No.6 on Form N-4 (File No.333-123035),
                             filed via EDGAR on September 28, 2007.

                         (5) Information Sharing Agreement dated February 1,
                             2008 by and between PHL Variable Insurance
                             Company, Phoenix Life and Annuity Company, Phoenix
                             Life Insurance Company and Summit Mutual Funds,
                             Inc. is incorporated by reference to
                             Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 on Form N-4 (File
                             No. 333-123040) filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2008.

         (9) Written Opinion and Consent of Michele Drummey, Esq., to be filed
             by amendment.

        (10) (a) Consent of Registered Independent Public Accountant to be
                 filed by amendment.

             (b) Powers of Attorney are filed herewith.

        (11) Not Applicable.

        (12) Not Applicable

Item 25.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Depositor.

Name                     Position
- ----                     -----------------------------------------------------
Philip K. Polkinghorn*   Director and President
James D. Wehr**          Director, Executive Vice President and Chief
                         Investment Officer
John H. Beers*           Vice President and Secretary
Peter A. Hofmann*        Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
                         Officer
David R. Pellerin*       Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
John R. Flores*          Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Daniel J. Moskey*        Vice President and Treasurer
Tracy L. Rich*           Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Christopher M. Wilkos**  Director, Senior Vice President and Corporate
                         Portfolio Manager
- --------
*   The business address of this individual is One American Row, Hartford, CT
    06103-2899.

**  The business address of this individual is 56 Prospect Street, Hartford, CT
    06115-0480.

Item 26.  Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Depositor or
          Registrant.

The Phoenix Companies, Inc. (100%) Delaware
   Phoenix Distribution Holding Company (100%) Connecticut
      WS Griffith Securities, Inc. (100%) New York
   Phoenix Investment Management Company (100%) Connecticut
      Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. (100%) Delaware
          DP Holdings, Ltd. (100%) New Brunswick, Canada
          DPCM Holdings, Inc. (100%) Illinois
          Duff & Phelps Investment Management Company (100%) Illinois
          Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. (100%) New York
          Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC (100%) California

                                      4



             Pasadena Capital Corporation (100%) California
                 Engemann Asset Management (100%) California
             Phoenix Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (100%) Connecticut
             Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation (100%) Connecticut
                 Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. (100%) Massachusetts
             Phoenix/Zweig Advisers, LLC (100%) Delaware
                 Euclid Advisors LLC (100%) New York
             PXP Securities Corp. (100%) New York
             Rutherford Financial Corporation (100%) Delaware
             Rutherford, Brown & Catherwood, LLC (73.2%) Delaware
             SCM Advisors, LLC (100%) California
             Walnut Asset Management, LLC (70.6%) Delaware
   Phoenix Life Insurance Company (100%) New York
      Phoenix Foundation (0%) Connecticut
      Next Generation Ventures LLC (50%) Connecticut
      Phoenix Life Separate Account B (100%) New York
      Phoenix Life Separate Account C (100%) New York
      Phoenix Life Separate Account D (100%) New York
      Phoenix Life Variable Accumulation Account (100%) New York
      Phoenix Life Variable Universal Life Account (100%) New York
      PM Holdings, Inc. (100%) Connecticut
          American Phoenix Life and Reassurance Company (100%) Connecticut
             Phoenix Life and Reassurance Company of New York (100%) New York
          PFG Holdings, Inc. (100%) Pennsylvania
             AGL Life Assurance Company (100%) Pennsylvania
             PFG Distribution Company (100%) Delaware
             Philadelphia Financial Group, Inc. (100%) Delaware
          PHL Variable Insurance Company (100%) Connecticut
             PHL Variable Accumulation Account (100%) Connecticut
             PHL Variable Accumulation Account II (100%) Connecticut
             PHLVIC Variable Universal Life Account (100%) Connecticut
          Phoenix Founders, Inc. (100%) Connecticut
          Phoenix International Capital Corporation (100%) Connecticut
             Practicare, Inc. (100%) Delaware
          Phoenix Life and Annuity Company (100%) Connecticut
             Phoenix Life and Annuity Variable Universal Life Account
          (100%) Connecticut
          Phoenix New England Trust Holding Company (100%) Connecticut
          Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc. (100%) Delaware
          PML International Insurance Limited (100%) Bermuda
      The Phoenix Edge Series Fund (0%) Massachusetts business trust
   Phoenix National Trust Holding Company (100%) Connecticut
   Phoenix Life Solutions, Inc. (100%) Delaware

   The only companies that file consolidated financial statements with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") are The Phoenix Companies Inc. and
Phoenix Life Insurance Company. In addition, PHL Variable Insurance Company and
Phoenix Life and Annuity Company file individual financial statements with the
SEC. For the remainder, except the separate accounts (defined as Phoenix Life
Separate Account B, Phoenix Life Separate Account C, Phoenix Life Separate
Account D, Phoenix Life Variable Accumulation Account, Phoenix Life Variable
Universal Life Account, PHL Variable Accumulation Account, PHL Variable
Accumulation Account II, PHLVIC Variable Universal Life Account, and Phoenix
Life and Annuity Variable Universal LifeAccount) all other entities are
included in the consolidated financial statement, for The Phoenix Companies,
Inc., but none file individual financial statements with the SEC.

Item 27.  Number of Contract Owners.


   On November 30, 2008, there were 30,829 qualified and 17,324 nonqualified
contracts.


Item 28.  Indemnification.

   Section 33-776 of the Connecticut General Statutes states that: "a
corporation may provide indemnification of, or advance expenses to, a director,
officer, employee or agent only as permitted by sections 33-770 to 33-779,
inclusive."

   Article VI, Section 6.01. of the Bylaws of the Depositor (as amended and
restated effective May 16, 2002) provides that: "Each director, officer or
employee of the company, and his heirs, executors, or administrators, shall be
indemnified or reimbursed by the company for all expenses necessarily incurred
by him in connection with the defense or reasonable settlement of any action,
suit or

proceeding in which he is made a party by reason of his being or having been a
director, officer or employee of the company, or of any other company which he
was serving as a director or officer at the request of the company, except in
relation to matters as to which such director, officer or employee is finally
adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding to be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of his duties as such director, officer or
employee. The foregoing right of indemnification or reimbursement shall not be
exclusive of any other rights to which he may be entitled under any statute,
bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or otherwise."

                                      5



   Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 29.  Principal Underwriter.

1.  Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation ("PEPCO")

   (a) PEPCO serves as the principal underwriter for the following entities:

   Phoenix Adviser Trust, Phoenix Asset Trust, Phoenix Equity Trust, Phoenix
   Insight Funds Trust, Phoenix Institutional Mutual Funds, Phoenix Investment
   Trust 97, Phoenix Opportunities Trust, Phoenix Strategic Equity Series Fund,
   The Phoenix Edge Series Fund, Phoenix Life Variable Accumulation Account,
   Phoenix Life Variable Universal Life Account, Phoenix Life and Annuity
   Variable Universal Life Account, PHL Variable Accumulation Account, PHL
   Variable Accumulation Account II, PHLVIC Variable Universal Life Account and
   PHL Variable Separate Account MVA1.

   (b) Directors and Executive Officers of PEPCO.

Name                       Position
- ----                       ---------------------------------------------------
George R. Aylward, Jr. **  Director, Executive Vice President
John H. Beers*             Vice President and Secretary
John R. Flores*            Vice President and Anti-Money Laundering Officer
David Hanley**             Vice President and Treasurer
Stephen D. Gresham**       Director, Senior Vice President
David C. Martin*           Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Philip K. Polkinghorn*     Director, Executive Vice President

*   The business address of this individual is One American Row, Hartford, CT
    06103-2899.

**  The business address of this individual is 56 Prospect Street, Hartford, CT
    06115-0480.

   (c) PEPCO received no compensation from the Registrant during the last
   fiscal year for sales of the contract.

 (1)                          (2)
 Name of                Net Underwriting      (3)          (4)
 Principal               Discounts and   Compensation   Brokerage      (5)
 Underwriter              Commissions    on Redemption Commissions Compensation
 -----------            ---------------- ------------- ----------- ------------
 PEPCO.................        $0             $0           $0           $0

Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records.

   The accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules under it are
maintained at the administrative offices of PHL Variable Insurance Company
located at One American Row, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-2899.

Item 31.  Management Services

   Under a contract with Phoenix Life Insurance Company ("PLIC"), Ibbotson
Associates provides certain asset allocation services, including a risk
tolerance questionnaire to assist the policy owner, for use in conjunction with
the policy. For these services, PLIC pays Ibbotson an annual flat fee. The fees
paid for the last three fiscal years follow:

               Year                                     Fee Paid
               ----                                     --------
               2007.................................... $ 95,000
               2006.................................... $101,000
               2005.................................... $ 86,000

                                      6



Item 32.  Undertakings.

   (a) Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to this
registration statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the audited
financial statements contained therein are never more than 16 months old for so
long as payments under the Contracts may be accepted;

   (b) Registrant hereby undertakes to include as part of any application to
purchase a Contract offered by the prospectus, a space that an applicant can
check to request a Statement of Additional Information;

   (c) Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional
Information and any financial statements required to be made available under
this form promptly upon written or oral request; and

   (d) Representation Required by Section 26(f)(2)(A) of the Investment Company
Act of 1940

      PHL Variable Insurance Company represents that the fees and charges
   deducted under the Contract are reasonable in relation to the services
   rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred and the risks assumed by PHL
   Variable Insurance Company.

                                      7